US Finally Signs Health Deal with Zambia, But Still Pursues Minerals Agreement 08/10/2026 Kerry Cullinan U.S. Embassy Chargé d’Affaires Mich Coker (left) and Zambia’s Minister of Finance Situmbeko Musokotwane sign the MOU. Zambia and the United States finally signed a bilateral health aid agreement on Thursday – after a 10-month delay as the US pushed for better access to the country’s minerals and changes to mining and agricultural regulations in exchange for health aid. In 2024, 84% of Zambia’s HIV programme was funded by the US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) – and 1.3 million Zambians are on antiretroviral medicine to keep their HIV in check. But Zambian Minister of Foreign Affairs Mulambo Haimbe told reporters at the signing ceremony that the country is negotiating a separate critical minerals agreement with the US “There was this [agreement] on health and another on critical minerals, and we were saying that these need to be decoupled, and this has been done,” Haimbe said, adding that the minerals agreement is still being negotiated. Zambia is one of the world’s biggest copper producers and also has large deposits of lithium and cobalt. In terms of the health memorandum of understanding (MOU), the US “intends to provide more than $1.5 billion over the next five years to support priority health programs in Zambia including HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, maternal and child health, disease surveillance, and infectious disease outbreak response and preparedness”, according to the US Mission In Zambia. The Zambian government has pledged to increase its domestic health expenditures by $975 million over five years. Zambia’s civil service will also take over frontline health care workers currently supported by the US government, and the country will also take over procuring health commodities. The US funding will also support the scale-up of Zambia’s health data systems, including ensuring the “interoperability of key programmatic data for HIV/AIDS, TB, malaria, and disease outbreaks tracked at scale over the long term”. US Embassy Chargé d’Affaires Mich Coker (left) and Zambia’s Minister of Finance Situmbeko Musokotwane (center) display signed copies of the U.S.-Zambia health cooperation memorandum of understanding, while Minister of Health Prof. Roma Chilengi (right) applauds. Transactional demands Last December, the US announced that it had reached agreement with Zambia on “a plan that aims to unlock a substantial grant package of US support in exchange for collaboration in the mining sector and clear business sector reforms.” However, while the US signed several MOUs with other African countries around this time, a deal with Zambia did not materialise. The MOUs are part of the US State Department’s “America First Global Health Strategy”, which is based on making the US “safer, stronger, and more prosperous” – including by enabling US companies access to business opportunities in healthcare delivery. In February, Zambia acknowledged that part of the proposed health aid deal with the United States “does not align with the country’s interests”. In March, The New York Times reported that the US was planning to use health aid as a bargaining tool to force the country to give it access to critical minerals. It quoted a leaked memo from the US State Department’s Africa Bureau to Secretary of State Marco Rubio, stating: “We will only secure our priorities by demonstrating willingness to publicly take support away from Zambia on a massive scale.” Following this leak, Dr Mike Reid, PEPFAR’s chief science officer, resigned in protest at Zambia’s treatment. “When life-saving health assistance, often beyond the immediate capacity of partner countries, is conditioned on unrelated commercial or strategic objectives, something essential is lost,” Reid wrote in a Substack post shortly before resigning. Crippling effect on HIV services Zambian Health Ministry leaders have detailed the chilling effects on their health services following changes to US foreign aid after Donald Trump became president in January 2025. These include a “drastic decrease in the HIV care workforce”, clinic closures, the cessation of “most HIV prevention services”, “disrupted logistics, supply chains, [and] data systems”, and the “ interruption of key services such as HIV testing, laboratory diagnostics, and surveillance systems”. “Electronic medical record systems, which had been run with PEPFAR support, became inaccessible, including in clinics that had implemented a fully digital workflow without paper-based records on-site,” the health ministry leaders noted in the journal, Open Forum Infectious Diseases. “This occurred because data clerks were terminated and typically instructed to return laptops to the implementing partner’s headquarters; others left computer hardware on-site but without the opportunity to transfer passwords, accounts, or informatics skills to other staff.” The Ministry leaders also modelled the impact of the disruptions, noting that just three months’ worth of disrupted services would cause an additional 34,550 deaths and 54 863 new HIV infections. Kenya’s Ebola Patient Travelled Extensively in DRC and Uganda Before Flying Home to Die 08/10/2026 Kerry Cullinan Thermal screening at a port of entry in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. The Kenyan man who died of Ebola this week travelled extensively through the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and Uganda and sought medical care from mid-September – passing through several airport health screenings without detection, even two days before he died. Dr Wessam Mankoula, head of health emergencies for Africa Centre for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), presented a map of the man’s travels at a media briefing on Thursday, showing that he sought medical treatment at health centres in Bondo and Kasangani in the DRC from as early as 17 September. The deceased travelled through at least eight towns and cities and took three flights while sick, his final journey being a flight from Entebbe in Uganda to Nairobi on 3 October. He was picked up at Nairobi’s Jomo Kenyatta International Airport by a family member who drove him directly to Nairobi Hospital, where he died of Ebola two days’ later. His medical records indicate that he had been suffering from fever and skin rash, and was diagnosed with a staphylococcal skin infection. There was some suggestion that he might have erroneously been diagnosed wth Rift Valley Fever, a mosquito-borne disease. The journey taken by Kenya’s first Ebola patient in the weeks and days before his death, as mapped by health authorities in the DRC, Uganda and Kenya. By the time he reached Nairobi, “he was suffering from fever, sore throat, muscle pain, and also bleeding in some of the infection sites,” said Mankoula. The World Health Organization (WHO) reported on Wednesday that the man’s temperature had been recorded as normal when he was screened on two separate occasions. Mankoula said he was possibly taking antipyretic medication, which had masked his fever and urged travellers to be transparent about their symptoms to ensure they did not endanger others. “Please, if you start having any symptoms related to Ebola, if you have been in touch with any confirmed cases of Ebola, report this to the health authorities in your countries,” Mankoula urged. “If you start having fever, please don’t try to take drugs to mask those symptoms so that you can start crossing the borders. “When you reveal if you have any symptoms or signs related to Ebola, you are not only preventing further spread to other countries, but also you are protecting yourself first. When you seek medical care early, we see an improvement in the outcome. When you delay in seeking medical care, this is when we see worse outcomes.” “Africa CDC is calling for vigilance, not panic,” Mankoula stressed, saying that co-operation between the three affected countries has enabled authorities to map the man’s movements and start tracing his contacts. In response, Kenya has activated its public health emergency operations centre and a national task force led by the Ministry of Health Mankoula also called for the strengthening of health screening measures at countries’ points of entry and points of exit. “We have tried, through thermal screening, through some of the questionnaires in the countries, to track the history of the travellers and also if they have any symptoms or signs. So this is helping the countries to take quick measures to identify any suspected cases quickly and deal with this.” More than 8,700 cases have been reported in DRC with 4,205 deaths – a 48% case fatality rate. There has been a 24% decrease in Ituri in the past three weeks, and a 19% decrease in Nord-Kivu, although conflict in the province is affecting surveillance. Image Credits: Twitter: @MoetiTshidi. BREAKING: China Confirms Song Li’s WHO Leadership Bid, Reshuffling Race Amidst Fraught Multilateral Landscape 08/10/2026 Felix Sassmannshausen Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Mao Ning briefing reporters in Beijing, where she confirmed Song Li’s nomination and reiterated China’s commitment to multilateralism. Beijing confirmed the nomination of National Health Commission official Dr Song Li for WHO Director-General on Thursday (8 October). The move expands the candidate field to seven amidst severe geopolitical ruptures shaking up the agency, with experts warning this move could further heighten superpower tensions. In announcing the bid, Chinese officials framed the candidacy around global solidarity and strengthening multilateralism. “China’s decision to nominate Dr Song Li reflects China’s aspiration to work for a global community of health for all and demonstrates China’s firm support for multilateralism,” Foreign Ministry spokesperson Mao Ning told reporters during a press briefing in response to a question by Reuters. Song was nominated by the People’s Republic of China as WHO DG candidate. “If elected, it will help the WHO play a more positive role in promoting the health and wellbeing of all humanity,” she added. Until late last month, Song served as Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission. She is a physician-scientist trained at Peking University and Harvard, bringing over two decades of experience in maternal policy, epidemic response, and WHO technical advisory groups. Observers note Song’s technical focus contrasts with established ministerial and diplomatic figures in the race. Song bid spotlights China’s financial weight China ranks fourth in overall WHO funding for 2026-2027 at $320 million, due to the size of its mandatory assessed dues rather than voluntary contributions. Song’s nomination by the People’s Republic of China comes as WHO manages massive budget cuts following the declared withdrawal of the United States in January 2025. Owing $280.9 million in unpaid arrears, WHA member states did not formally recognize the move at the May 2026 World Health Assembly. But due to the unpaid dues, the US still faces the suspension of its voting rights at the 2027 World Health Assembly when the next WHO Director-General will be elected. Global health policy experts observe that Beijing aims to fill the leadership void left by Washington’s withdrawal. According to official numbers on the WHO website, China’s total projected financial contribution to the WHO for the 2026-2027 biennium stands at $320 million through August, making it the largest state contributor in terms of assessed funding after the US withdrawal. Among state donors, China’s funding is exceptionally concentrated in mandatory assessed dues, contrasting with traditional high-income donors from Europe, the Americas and western Asia, which distribute significant portions of their funding across core voluntary, thematic, and specified voluntary channels. When compared against other major contributors, China ranks as the fourth-largest overall donor to the WHO, trailing only the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the European Commission, and the World Bank, while sitting ahead of the United Kingdom, the GAVI Alliance, and Germany. While European Union Member States hold 27 votes in the WHA, the EU is not likely to vote en bloc, and two European nominees in the race could split their support. Health Policy Watch reached out to the WHO asking to confirm the nomination and whether China had paid its dues for 2026 in full, but did not receive a response ahead of publication. High geopolitical stakes for WHO Lawrence Gostin doesn’t see a global appetite for a Chinese DG candidate. One leading US global health expert voiced serious doubts that a Chinese candidacy will indeed shake up the final race because of the high geopolitical stakes for the WHO. “In the aftermath of COVID-19, I do not think there is a global appetite for a Chinese candidate for WHO Director-General,” Lawrence Gostin, professor of global health law at Georgetown University, told Health Policy Watch. “A Chinese candidate would heighten geopolitical tensions, putting the WHO in a difficult and vulnerable position,” Gostin added. “It would also make rejoining the WHO far more difficult for the US, even under a Democratic administration.” The friction stems from increased geopolitical competition between the two superpowers and a lingering political fallout over COVID-19 transparency and initial outbreak reporting. Gostin noted that bipartisan opposition in Washington and a lack of civil society support create formidable hurdles for Song across both North America and Europe. European reactions, however, remain more divided. While one senior European official warned that a successful Chinese bid would test the WHO’s fundamental legitimacy and independence, others were less alarmist, noting that Beijing’s diplomacy remains “very nuanced” and that China is viewed in Europe as a partner as well as a competitor. Besides geopolitical scrutiny, China’s candidacy also faces structural UN hurdles regarding geographic distribution. With Dr Margaret Chan, a dual Canadian and Chinese national from Hong Kong, having served two terms as WHO Director-General from 2007 to 2017 and the Chinese national Qu Dongyu currently heading the Food and Agriculture Organization, member states may resist concentrating more UN agency leadership into the hands of one country. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed Note: This piece has been updated regarding Song’s position, Dr Margaret Chan’s term dates, and WHO budget cycle data. Image Credits: Ministry of Foreign Affairs People’s Republic of China, WHO, WHO/HPW. EXCLUSIVE: One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients: After Stepping Back from the WHO Race, What I Stand For in the AI Society – Jiho Cha’s Story 08/10/2026 Jiho Cha Jiho Cha, the Korean parliamentarian who is not running for WHO Director General I sought to lead the World Health Organization (WHO) because the rules of intelligence are becoming the rules of health. My name will not be on the ballot. The responsibility remains. I will now work to organise the political and economic power needed to put intelligence at the service of humanity – and to keep it from turning against us. Nominations for the next WHO Director-General closed on 24 September. Seven names are on the list. Mine is not. Those who received me as a candidate this summer deserve more than a sentence. The short version is that I chose a task I judged more urgent than the leadership of any single institution. The longer version is this essay, because the vision was never about me, and the question at its centre still awaits an answer from any of the six. The question is simple to state, and it has been asked of every technology that has ever entered the clinic. The global health architecture is about to acquire a new layer of intelligence. For whom will it work, and under whose control? And, more urgently now: who will keep it from turning against us? What the field taught me: Social, political and intelligence determinants of health Access to nutritious, fresh foods, a critical determinant of health. I came to that question slowly, through two kinds of work that rarely speak to each other. More than 20 years ago, my first humanitarian posting as a physician was at Hanawon, the centre where people who have escaped North Korea spend their first months in the South. For three years I examined people who had crossed borders on foot and spent years in hiding. They arrived with tuberculosis and trauma, and with structural violence that had settled into the body. But my clinic was the end of their illness’s story, not its beginning. The social conditions that had made them ill lay years upstream: a famine that was political before it was agricultural, borders that turned flight into a crime, a stateless existence in which seeing a doctor meant risking deportation. What I treated were the sediments of a social order – the social determinants of health, arriving one body at a time. With Médecins Sans Frontières, I followed those conditions back to their source: the borderlands people had fled, and later, with other humanitarian colleagues, to the Kashmir earthquake, the jungles of Papua New Guinea, and the refugee camps of the Democratic Republic of Congo. There I learned a lesson the textbooks phrase too politely. Illness in a crisis is rarely an accident of biology. It is the body’s registration of decisions made elsewhere. A woman denied even refugee status turns to a trafficker not because she misjudges the risk, but because every legal door has closed and return is the one certainty she cannot survive. The well-meaning people in white vehicles – I was one of them – too often arrive without the history that made the poverty they came to relieve, mistaking colonial residue for local misfortune. Twenty years later, the citizens of Osan, a working city south of Seoul, sent me to the National Assembly, and there I learned the other half of the story. I watched the grief of Itaewon, where 159 people died in a single night, bent to political need and then erased. I watched the martial law decree of 3 December 2024 outlaw the Assembly in one clause and order striking doctors back to their wards in another – one text aimed at legislators like me and physicians like me. And on the presidential campaign and the National Planning Committee, among the few who write national strategy, I learned how a line in my policy book becomes a ministry – or quietly a footnote no one answers for. Behind every failure of health care I had witnessed stood not a shortage but a choice: a political determinant. Power decides not only who is treated, but who is recognised as ill, and who has the power to judge whether or what treatment is provided. ‘Intelligence’ – the determinant behind the determinants Meeting a child waste picker in Cambodia. Between the social and political determinants, a third took shape, and it ran deeper than either. The resource on which health systems have depended longest, and which they have distributed most unequally, is neither medicine nor money. It is human judgement: the capacity to recognise who is ill, to decide what should be done, and to act. I call the conditions that govern the social distribution of that judgement the intelligence determinants of health. Across much of the world, a single nurse makes the decisions on which 10,000 lives may depend, with no one to consult and no second opinion within a day’s travel. Economists, scientists and policy experts are distributed across the world just as unevenly, and that distribution may itself be a determinant of the social and political conditions I had spent 20 years treating – the determinant beneath the determinants. For the first time, a machine can carry a part of that judgement to places it has never reached. Governments and companies will decide within the next few years whether it reaches that nurse or only the hospitals that can pay – and they will decide much of it in private contracts whose terms no one outside the signing room will ever read: an old pattern in a new form, the determinants of health settled where the people they determine cannot see. What I stood for: Climate, Health, and AI Global AI hub launch in Seoul, Korea in May 2026 I wanted WHO to write the rules for this emerging layer of intelligence before the market did. In an emergency, the interval between a need and a standard is filled by whoever arrives first. WHO is the one institution every health ministry listens to, but the distance between a principle agreed in Geneva and a contract signed in a ministry is where the future of health care is being settled. For a decade, since AlphaGo defeated the world’s best Go player,Lee Sedol, born on my mother’s island, I have worked on this new layer of intelligence from the outside: on AI-augmented health systems for low-resource settings, and more recently on Korea’s new societal model, the “AI Universal Basic Society” (AI UBS), which treats intelligence as public infrastructure for essential services, beginning with health care. In May, nine UN agencies including WHO, launched the Global AI Hub, a shared operational campus of the UN system, and in September Korea put both proposals before the General Assembly. But WHO itself was not moving at the speed the moment demanded. Member states cut its base budget for 2026–27 from $5.3 billion to $4.2 billion, and development assistance for health fell to its lowest level in roughly 15 years. An organisation that has lost a fifth of its budget and many of its ablest people does not run towards new fields; it defends the ones it has. Meanwhile the largest technology companies were signing national-scale agreements for health and education, most on undisclosed terms. So I did what a physician does when a referral is taking too long. I went to the patient myself. In July, I declared. The core of my policy manifesto, One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients, is a single proposition: Universal Intelligence Coverage (UIC) for health. Universal health coverage asks whether people can receive care without being ruined by the cost. UIC asks whether judgement – human, machine or both – reaches everyone, and who answers when it fails. I proposed a “1.5-tier” model of primary health care: frontline workers equipped with AI decision support and supervised remotely by human professionals, with responsibility for diagnosis and treatment kept firmly with people. Climate finance was the second strand. Less than 1% of it reaches health. I argued that a climate-resilient health system is itself a frontline mechanism of adaptation, and proposed that WHO use the Green Climate Fund accreditation it secured this year to channel roughly $1 billion into primary care without drawing a dollar from its shrinking core budget. The larger point was about dependence. Global health has run for decades on voluntary, earmarked money from a handful of governments, and the past two years have shown how quickly that base erodes when one of them turns inward. Blended finance is the way out: climate financing anchoring the public health layer, the private capital now pouring into the AI transition financing the intelligence layer above it, and public terms binding both to public goals. Over 10 weeks I took these ideas to three continents – Africa, Asia and Europe – and to the leaders of their regional organisations. What we built together rests on one principle: regional health sovereignty – a decolonised global health architecture, powered by a new layer of intelligence and a new mechanism of finance. In Africa, it is “African AI for African health”, running on African infrastructure and answering to African law. In the Pacific Islands it is the “Pacific AI Initiative”, a regional platform for climate-resilient health systems. All want to build, not merely to buy. African AI needs to run on African infrastructure and answer to African law. After stepping back I believe the diagnosis was right and the prescription was ready. I had been nominated by the Parliament as a WHO candidate for DG. But at the last minute, circumstances changed. The responsibility now passes to one of the other seven candidates, and I wish each of them well. Whoever becomes Director-General will find in me a partner. But the campaign taught me something I had not fully grasped when it began. Meeting heads of government, frontier researchers and leaders of AI and biotechnology companies, I heard the same assessment with increasing frequency: the convergence of autonomous AI and biotechnology is entering a stage at which it could generate an existential threat of a new kind: a pandemic made by humans and machines together. The frontier laboratories now say so themselves: by their own published assessments, their latest models have reached the thresholds at which they could materially assist biological misuse, and the companies that build them ask publicly to be regulated. A risk I had been warning about for years was arriving far faster than I had expected. The window is closing: capability is advancing by the quarter, public control by the decade. These are not two separate agendas. Bringing validated intelligence to a rural clinic and keeping unvalidated intelligence from harming the world are two answers to the same question – for whom, and under whose control, does intelligence work? But this answer lies beyond WHO’s reach. Responding to a pandemic, whatever its origin, is WHO’s mandate. Governing the roots of this risk – the race in frontier AI and its fusion with biotechnology – belongs to no institution at all. As with the nuclear competition of the last century, the world has no mechanism to slow a race centred on the United States and China, and the voice of industry overwhelms that of states. The world has visions and forums enough; it has no institution and no budget line for the AI society that is already arriving. What it does have is the makings of a coalition. The Global South champions and the middle powers that hold technology and finance can, together, assemble the strength to shape that AI society. I have concluded that this work was more urgent than any position in any organisation. Over these months, leaders serving and former – in governments, international organisations, the media and academia – reached the same conclusion and asked me to help convene such a coalition. I In my own country, the expectation came from the highest level of government. I chose it. A humanitarian learns early to go not where the doctors already are, but where there are none. The WHO post will be well filled; this work was more pressing, and almost no one was standing in line for it. What I will do at the existential crossroads of the AI society I will organise a global coalition to become an AI buyer, with the power to negotiate, purchase, legislate and govern. Most proposals for AI governance begin with visions and institutions. I have sat in enough of those rooms to know how slowly they fill. Mine begins with a buyer – and in a market of scattered ministries, a buyer first has to be assembled. In a revolution led by private actors, the power a public actor can use fastest is to decide what it buys and on what terms. Outside the few countries that build the intelligence infrastructure itself, the Global North will mostly use AI to replace human labour in systems that already exist, and substitution alone does not make a new economy. In the Global South, the need has always outrun the supply–the clinic without a doctor, the classroom without a teacher, the household without a bank–and intelligence that can finally meet it creates a new economy rather than replacing one: a trillion-dollar market in which the buyer, not the supplier, should set the terms–and no one has yet organised a hundred fragmented buyers into one. That is the work I will do, and the order is the strategy. Ask industry to regulate itself before you hold any market leverage, and the rules it writes will hold you. I will organise a coalition that can negotiate, purchase and legislate, govern–in that order. First, a Planetary Intelligence Network, solidarity for sovereignty. Sovereignty over intelligence will not be won one ministry at a time; only a network of leaders who can decide can build it. I will convene it within months, not years. Any leader who shares these concerns – sovereignty over external intelligence, existential risk – has a seat. This is a network, not a bloc, and its first effect is simple: ministries that have always faced the same supplier alone begin to negotiate as one. Second, New 3 by 5, collective purchasing power. Twenty years ago, Dr Lee Jong-wook set the world a target he called 3 by 5: three million people on HIV treatment by 2005. I propose a new 3 by 5: three million AI-augmented primary health care (PHC) workers within five years. We will augment first the community health workers, nurses and clinical officers who provide most first-contact care, raising their clinical and epidemiological capability toward that of a primary care physician, under remote human supervision. This is physician-level judgement arriving in three million places that have never had it. Connected across a continent, AI-augmented PHCs become a connected health system and pandemic preparedness–and a single buyer large enough to set terms. If a pandemic made by humans and machines ever begins, its first case will present not to a frontier lab but to one of them. Access and early warning are one investment. Third, a Public Intelligence Compact, collective regulating power. A buyer of that size can set terms. The Compact is one set of conditions for any system that shapes a decision about a person in a public service: independent validation, data management under national law, continuity of service, the right to audit, transparent pricing. As a declaration, these are pieties; as a procurement rule, they are the law of the market. The Compact is neutral as to flag: any company that meets the terms is welcome. Sovereignty means a country can choose, question, change and, when necessary, leave the systems it uses. Its companion I call Firebreak – the line a fire does not cross. We cannot put out the fire of frontier development, but we buy the very models that could start one, and a buyer can set conditions today: no DNA synthesis order unscreened, no model in a public service unevaluated, no incident unreported. The Compact is the first line of defence, Firebreak the last, and the three million workers watching for the first spark are the sensors in between. Fourth, a Public Intelligence Foundation and Existential Risk Council, a blended governance. This step evolves with purchasing power and regulating power. The Foundation is a shared operational platform with the global AI companies that will translate private AI back into public intelligence on the Compact’s terms. Beside it, and firewalled from it, stands the Existential Risk Council, independent of the foundation’s money, because a body that depends on industry cannot also judge its dangers. It will make independent evaluation of existential risks such as biological misuse–with incident reporting and synthesis screening–the price of entry for every model and the laboratory that trained it. The council will define itself against no state. None of this replaces the United Nations. The network brings will, leverage and pace; the UN brings implementation and universality–the Global AI Hub’s agencies beyond health, and WHO for the clinical standard, which we will adopt, not rival. I know how this fails: a foundation captured by its funders, pilots that vanish with the donor cycle, and the oldest failure of all–help that arrives without asking the people it is for. That is the work I am committing to lead. Eight billion for one patient. Jiho Cha is a humanitarian physician, global health scholar and Member of the National Assembly of the Republic of Korea, and co-chairs the Lancet Commission on Sea-Level Rise, Health, and Justice. For two decades, he has worked with marginalised populations in the Middle East, Africa and Asia, and with the displaced people caught between them. He was Professor of Humanitarian Studies at the University of Manchester and of AI and Future Strategy at KAIST, and designed Korea’s AI Universal Basic Society framework and the Global AI Hub, a joint campus of nine UN agencies. His policy manifesto, One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients, was prepared for his candidacy for WHO Director-General. The views expressed are his own. Image Credits: Jiho Cha, Ron Lach via Pexels. WHO Asks Russia for More Information About Death of Plague Unit Employee 07/10/2026 Kerry Cullinan Dr Tedros addressing the media briefing. The World Health Organization (WHO) has asked the Russian government for more information about the death of an employee at a Siberian plague research unit, including details about the laboratory tests conducted on her, the WHO Director-General told a media briefing on Thursday. The WHO has also asked Russia for more details about the public health measures it has imposed, the health status of the woman’s contacts, and whether a second employee has been infected with “pneumonia of undetermined cause”, said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. This follows reports on Monday of the death of a 27-year-old female employee at the Irkutsk Anti-plague Research Institute of Siberia and the Far East – possibly of pneumonic plague. The employee was hospitalised at Shelekhov Hospital on 29 September with symptoms of pneumonia, placed on a ventilator and died a few days later, according to media reports. Tedros said that the WHO had sent queries to Russia on Saturday, and received a report on Wednesday that “no case of plague had recently been reported in the Irkutsk Oblast” where the research unit is, and that they had “placed about 200 [of the woman’s] contacts in quarantine”. WHO has also offered Russia technical support related to “plague and lab biosafety and biosecurity”, Tedros said, adding that “we don’t yet have the full picture of this event, and we are not able to conduct a full risk assessment”. Broken test tube? Dr Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO director of epidemic and pandemic management. Some media reports say the employee died after breaking a test tube in the laboratory, but Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO director of Epidemic and Pandemic Management, said that employees working in such laboratories would wear personal protective equipment (PPE) and be vaccinated against various diseases. “We are following up on what type of PPE would be used, and under which conditions? What were they doing with these pathogens?” said Van Kerkhove. “If there was a lab incident in this lab, there are procedures that must be followed in terms of the assessment that they do in the lab. There would be post-exposure prophylaxis, for example, for this individual. They would probably run tests, so there’s more to come as it relates to what actually happened,” she explained. “What we have been told is that [Russia] has no case of plague registered in this area, and that no high threat pathogens were detected. So clearly, we would like more information to understand which laboratory tests were conducted, which pathogens were evaluated, and if this individual didn’t die from plague, then then how did she die?” Van Kerkhove added. Plague is a severe, life-threatening infection caused by the bacterium Yersinia pestis and there are two types: bubonic and pneumonic. However, Van Kerkhove said there are thousands of cases of suspected plague every year around the world: “Between 2019 to 2025, 10 countries reported almost 4,000 suspected human plague cases and 423 deaths.” Central Asia is the hot spot, and people are infected by bacteria carried by small rodents. “Sometimes there are small, sporadic outbreaks. Plague is caused by a bacteria. There are antibiotics that can treat this. So if anyone does have an infection with plague, it can be treated.” International Health Regulations requirements In terms of the International Health Regulations (IHR), WHO member states are legally obliged to assess public health risks and notify the WHO of any event that may constitute a public health emergency of international concern (PHEIC) within 24 hours of assessment. Although the WHO submitted its queries to Russia in terms of the IHR on Saturday, it took the government more than three days to respond. Dr Silvio Ciobanu from WHO’s European region and an IHR expert said countries have to answer four key questions in terms of the IHR: “How severe is the public health impact? Is it unusual and expected? Does it pose a risk of international spread? And does it pose a risk of trade or travel restrictions?” Ciobanu added that the IHR are “very explicit that a response is expected within 24 hours, and then after that, state parties may require a little bit of extra time to collect all the additional information”. Less Than 1% of International Development Finance Targets Air Pollution 07/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Thick smog blankets the skyline of Bangkok, Thailand. International development lenders committed $4.7 billion in 2024 to projects aimed explicitly at reducing air pollution, less than 1% of all international development finance, according to an annual analysis published Tuesday by the Clean Air Fund (CAF). That was up 58% from $3.0 billion in 2023, nearly matching the 2022 peak of $4.8 billion. A broader measure, which also counts projects where cleaner air is a co- benefit, fell 6% to $28.7 billion, the first annual decline in five years. Five of the ten most polluted countries got less than $2 per citizen, and most of the money came in the form of loans, the analysis found. Air pollution causes 7.9 million premature deaths a year, nine in ten of them in low- and middle-income countries, according to Health Effects Institute figures. It costs the equivalent of nearly 5% of global GDP, the World Bank estimates, and targeted policies could halve the number of people exposed to dangerous levels by 2040, with economic benefits of up to $2.4 trillion. “Funding remains worryingly low, concentrated on a limited number of places, and misaligned with countries facing the greatest burden,” said Sean Maguire, executive director for strategic partnerships at CAF. Top 10 polluted countries and their total air quality funding, 2024. The data analysed stops in 2024, before the largest annual drop in development aid on record hit the following year. Development assistance for health fell by more than a fifth in 2025, to $39.1 billion, its lowest level in over 15 years, according to estimates by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). US health aid fell 67%. Even before the cuts, air pollution drew little donor money relative to its toll, compared with causes such as food security, humanitarian relief or climate finance. Foundations gave it less than 0.1% of their global giving between 2019 and 2023, a separate CAF analysis found. “Recent gains remain fragile,” the report says. “The challenge is whether these gains can be sustained and scaled amid shrinking aid budgets.” The CAF report, produced with Climate Policy Initiative (CPI), tracks 2020-2024 commitments by development banks and donor governments. It excludes domestic budgets and private finance, and nearly nine in ten dollars it counts are loans. “With development budgets under growing pressure, clean air objectives must be built into wider development investment, so every dollar works harder and delivers benefits for health, climate and economies at the same time,” Maguire said. Most polluted countries left behind South Asia receives nearly a third of all air quality funding (2020-2024). Pakistan, Nepal, Myanmar, Cameroon and the Democratic Republic of Congo, five of the world’s ten most polluted countries, each received less than $2 per person in air quality funding in 2024. India, the second most polluted, was the exception, drawing 19% of all air quality funding that year. “Air quality funding is not going where pollution exposure and health risks are greatest,” Maguire said. Pakistan, ranked third for exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5), received about 3 cents per person. Between 2020 and 2024, it received $1.7 billion in what CAF calls fossil fuel-prolonging funding, nearly three times the $0.6 billion it received for all air quality projects combined. Bangladesh, the most polluted country in the ranking, was the largest recipient of fossil fuel-prolonging funding over the five years, at $3.7 billion. Bangladesh’s fossil fuel funding fell 96% in 2024, to $113 million, the report found. Over the five years, it received $7.8 billion in air quality funding. “Our analysis shows that money is not yet consistently following need, and that countries facing some of the highest pollution levels often have the least access to finance,” said Barbara Buchner, chief executive of CPI. A wide tent for what counts as clean air funding Projects that make no mention of air quality made up 84% of the air quality funding CAF counted in 2024. CAF and CPI find these co-benefit projects through keyword searches of project descriptions in OECD and development bank data, projecting a clean air benefit from the type of project. The methodology captures investments in public transportation like buses, railways and metro lines, wastewater plants and networks, solid waste, household energy efficiency, food waste and soil health. It does not check whether individual projects actually cut pollution. Transport accounted for 62% of all air quality funding over the five years, with railways and public transport alone making up $53 billion. Two loans worth $5 billion for a high-speed rail line between Mumbai and Ahmedabad made up 14% of South Asia’s air quality funding. “Investment in railways, public transport and cleaner mobility is demonstrating how better connectivity and economic development can go hand in hand with cleaner air,” said Fu Lu, CAF’s regional director for Southeast Asia. “We need these benefits to be shared by many more people and places.” Because co-benefit funding tracks wider lending for transport and infrastructure, its growth provides only mixed signals about whether funders are prioritizing clean air specifically. Total air quality funding, co-benefit projects included, has held at 5.6% of international development funding across the last two five-year periods, while the outdoor share slipped from 0.8% to 0.7%. The narrower outdoor category leans on similar projects. Under the keyword rules CAF published last year, a transport or water project counts as explicit clean air funding if its description also mentions air, health or exposure. Ten projects made up 53% of outdoor funding over 2020-2024, seven of them rail or public transport, mostly metro lines. CAF itself found “no structural shift towards explicitly targeting air quality improvements” over the medium term. Loans dominate co-benefit finance Loans made up 89% of the $124.6 billion in air quality funding between 2020 and 2024, about $110 billion. Grants accounted for 7.7%. Co-benefit projects, which make no mention of air quality, made up $108.7 billion of the total. Concessional funding fell from $19 billion to $12 billion, while non-concessional funding rose from $12 billion to $17 billion, 58% of the total. Concessional loans carry below-market interest but still have to be repaid. In 2024, the balance tipped further toward market-rate lending. In CAF’s figures, which follow OECD aid classifications, concessional finance counts as aid, and aid budgets are shrinking, with the OECD projecting a further 5.8% drop in 2026. The reliance on loans in the donor landscape may put air quality funding beyond reach for countries already carrying heavy debts, according to CAF’s analysis. Official development assistance from OECD donors fell 23.1% in real terms in 2025, to $174.3 billion, according to preliminary OECD data, as the United States cut its aid by 56.9%. Across the global South, debt service is absorbing 45% of government revenue in 2025 and exceeds combined spending on education, health and social protection by 20%, according to Development Finance International’s Debt Service Watch. A narrow measure of fossil fuel finance About $1.2 trillion is expected to flow into oil, gas and coal in 2026, according to the International Energy Agency’s annual investment report. Governments plan to produce 120% more fossil fuels in 2030 than would be consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C, according to the 2025 Production Gap Report. The International Monetary Fund puts explicit fossil fuel subsidies at $725 billion in 2024. Implicit subsidies, three-quarters of them the unpriced cost of air pollution and climate damage, add $6.7 trillion. Removing both would mean 1.1 million fewer premature deaths from air pollution, the IMF estimates. Against those sums, the report counted $4.7 billion in what it calls fossil fuel-prolonging development finance in 2024, down 48% from 2023, and said that put it level with outdoor air quality funding. The report counts only international public development finance recorded in OECD data, and only projects that build polluting assets, such as power plants, pipelines and airports, or that promote polluting activities. Private banks, domestic state spending, guarantees, most export credit and fuel subsidies fall outside it, and road building was dropped from the count this year. G20 governments and multilateral development banks provided at least $47 billion a year in international public finance for oil, gas and coal between 2020 and 2022, according to the campaign group Oil Change International. About 65% came through export credit agencies, which CAF’s figures largely leave out. The report warns that continued investment in long-lived fossil fuel assets risks “lock-in to a fossil fuel-dependent development pathway.” It also acknowledges that such funding can support energy access and security in developing countries. Last year’s edition urged donors to end funding for fossil fuel-prolonging projects. None of this year’s five recommendations mentions fossil fuels. Image Credits: urf/Getty Images via Canva. GLP-1 Drugs? Surgery? WHO Issues Guidelines for Obesity in Children 07/10/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Obesity is growing fastest among children and adolescents The World Health Organization (WHO) released its first-ever guidelines to address how clinicians should manage obesity in children and adolescents, which include conditional recommendations for obesity medications and even surgery for children over the age of 10. Since 1990, the number of children ages 5-9 years and adolescents 10-19 years living with obesity has quadrupled, skyrocketing from 2% to 8%. Upwards of 170 million children and adolescents now live with the chronic condition, which increases the risk of a host of medical complications, including type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. For children especially, obesity can come with stigmatisation, discrimination, and bullying, the WHO notes. Obesity in children is projected to increase most rapidly in lower- and middle-income countries, where access to healthy foods and exercise now mirrors that in upper-income countries. The growing global burden of overweight and obese children has led the WHO to issue guidelines for what it terms “person-centered” care, which is a combination of nutrition, physical activity, behavioral management, and in some cases, medication or even surgery. The WHO recommendations are based on an evaluation of 35 scholarly review articles, but research is still evolving, especially for pharmaceutical-based interventions in children. WHO’s childhood obesity management recommendations. Conditional recommendations for medication For children under 10, the WHO does not recommend obesity drugs or bariatric surgery. Instead, the focus should be on structured interventions such as healthy eating, physical activity, and behavioral change, Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of the WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, told a press conference in Geneva this week. If this three-pronged approach fails for adolescents, WHO recommends that, in some instances, obesity drugs could be used if the child is mentally and physically prepared. Several blockbuster drugs now dominate the weight loss market. In the US, nearly one in five adults reported taking a GLP-1 drug such as Ozempic or Weygovy at some point for diabetes or weight loss. The WHO notably added GLP-1s to its recommended guidelines for obesity treatment for adults in 2025, a step in what the global health agency said is a “conditional” sign of approval for the cutting-edge medications that have become so popular. The picture for children is a bit more complicated, WHO scientists said. While pharmaceutical giants Novo Nordisk and Eli Lilly are both running clinical trials in children as young as six, the WHO had little research to draw on to assess whether the drugs meet the bar of safety or efficacy for children under 10. But that hasn’t stopped prescriptions, as a study published in the journal Pediatrics reported that the number of children aged eight to 11 on GLP-1s “increased sharply” between 2019 and 2026. Their study estimates that out of a cohort of over 3.5 million children with obesity – and without diabetes – roughly 20,000 children were prescribed GLP-1s. Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, speaking at a press conference in Geneva. A recent analysis from Lurie Children’s Hospital in Chicago found that GLP-1s may be linked to nutritional deficiencies in children, most notably a lack of vitamin D. The researchers found that only 5% of pediatric patients on GLP-1s received nutritional counseling. “As appropriate pediatric use of GLP-1s becomes more widespread, we need to understand the risks during periods of rapid growth and pubertal development,” said Dr Justin Ryder, the study’s senior author and vice chair of research for the Department of Surgery at Lurie Children’s Hospital. Ryder, who is also an associate professor of surgery and pediatrics at Northwestern University, commented in a press release that the study highlights the need for proactive nutrition counseling as children are growing, as any deficiencies early in life could have lasting effects. There are also concerns about adherence to the drug regimen and long-term effects when children start so young, said Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, the unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action at WHO. He cautioned that because obesity is a long-term chronic condition, it is especially important to understand these drugs in children before recommending them. That is why the guidelines don’t focus on or recommend a specific weight loss drug. “WHO recognizes this is a rapidly evolving field,” said De Regil. Her team is monitoring data as it becomes available on long-term anti-obesity medications in children. Surgery in severe teen cases Bariatric surgery also falls under a conditional recommendation for adolescents 10-19 years old. With only a handful of studies to analyze, the team acknowledged that the balance of benefits and harms “are not entirely clear.” Again, WHO stresses that the decision to undergo an invasive surgery requires “physical and mental maturity” for those with the most severe forms of obesity. “That’s why it’s conditional,” said Dr Maria Nieves Garcia Casal, a WHO scientist in the Department of Nutrition and Food Safety. The WHO only recommends surgery for those with a Body Mass Index (BMI) for age greater than four standard deviations above the WHO growth reference median, which is a high threshold for a surgical intervention. Nutrition, exercise, mental health Ultra-processed food is a staple diet for Mexican 10-year-old Ricky and his mother, Alicia. The WHO recommends dietary interventions to manage childhood obesity. The guidelines stress that obesity management goes beyond simple weight loss, involving a combination of structured dietary, exercise, and behavior-changing interventions that work best when tailored to the individual. Digital technologies, including active video games or phone apps that encourage movement, could also help children manage their obesity, although the WHO’s recommendation is conditional as excessive screen time should be limited. The recommendations also emphasise the importance of addressing mental health alongside obesity: “Anxiety, depression, low self-esteem and emotional dysregulation can contribute to unhealthy eating behaviours, physical inactivity and social withdrawal, and children and adolescents living with obesity may experience stigma and bullying that harm their emotional well-being,” the WHO notes in a media release issued alongside the guidelines. Worrying trends in low- and middle- income countries Obesity is on the rise globally and across all regions; however, the rate of increase has mostly plateaued in developed nations, while it is increasing in low- and middle-income countries. In much of Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, Caribbean and Pacific Island nations, and South and Southeast Asia, the rate of childhood obesity is rapidly accelerating. In some countries with already high burdens of childhood obesity, like in the US and the Middle East, that rate is mostly stagnant. A Nature study published earlier this year noted that the increase in obesity rates in children is happening across regions and afflicting most low- and middle-income countries: Tanzania, Rwanda, Ethiopia, Nepal, Bangladesh, Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, and Chile all saw steady or rapid increases in the past three decades. “These highly varied dynamics suggest that the social, economic and technological trends that influence the availability, affordability and use of different foods may have helped control the rise in obesity in high-income countries,” the study authors write, “but require policy interventions in low-income and middle-income countries.” Obesity in children is accelerating most rapidly in low and middle-income countries, per a May 2026 Nature article. Prevention and treatment go ‘hand in hand’ While the guidelines focus on treating obesity in children, the WHO acknowledged the role of addressing a child’s environment, including unhealthy food options in schools, persistent marketing of unhealthy food to children, and the lack of safe places to play. Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action, argued that much of what remains outside of a child’s individual control has deep consequences for their obesity risk. These include whether a child was breastfed, their junk food marketing environment, and their school environment. “Countries need to create environments that make healthy diets and physical activity accessible and affordable, while ensuring that children and adolescents already living with obesity can access high-quality care free from stigma and discrimination,” said De Regil. “We need to prevent obesity wherever we can, and ensure that those already living with obesity receive the care and support they need.” Image Credits: Commons , WHO, UNICEF, Nature/ NCD-RisC. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed 06/10/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Felix Sassmannshausen A Chinese candidate reportedly is waiting in the wings to join the race for WHO Director General. China has nominated a prominent Chinese health official for WHO Director General in the 2027 elections, multiple diplomatic sources have confirmed to Health Policy Watch. But there are mixed reports about who that candidate actually may be. Some high-level sources have cited Song Li, a senior Chinese Communist Party official who mounted a failed bid for the post of Regional Director for WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office (WPRO) in 2023. Others, however, have denied that she is a candidate, noting that after losing the 2023 election, Beijing wants a stronger contender for a global race. Song Li, Director-General, Department of Women & Children’s Health, National Health Commission (NHC), People’s Republic of China. Either way, China’s immense and still growing geopolitical range of influence from the Western Pacific to Southeast Asia and Africa means it could mount a serious campaign that could permanently shift the delicate balance of power at the WHO following the withdrawal of the United States from the organization last year. WHO election rules hinder transparency The picture is complicated by the fact that under WHO rules, public disclosure of Song, and any other potential candidate from China or elsewhere, is only required at the end of this month, after the conclusion of the WHO European Regional Committee Meeting on 29 October, the last in the series of WHO regional conferences of member states. This is according to the WHO election process rulebook, which creates a one-month gap between the formal submission of nominations to WHO by member states and public disclosure. Six prospective candidates have already been announced on the WHO election website, as reported by Health Policy Watch after nominations formally closed on 24 September. But their names were published at the discretion of the sponsoring countries, WHO has explained. Nominations don’t have to be formally disclosed until the end of the final WHO Regional Committee meeting, according to the WHO handbook of rules, a spokesperson told Health Policy Watch. The Permanent Mission of China to the UN in Geneva did not respond to several Health Policy Watch queries about the DG nomination, sent over the past few days. Quietly professional – but still a Communist Party official Song, Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission, has sat on several WHO technical committees related to maternal and newborn health. At the time of the 2023 campaign for WPRO RD, she was described as “quietly professional” by global health veteran Mukesh Kapila, in a Health Policy Watch analysis of that election campaign. “But will China refrain from influencing her so that she can function genuinely independently? Chinese incumbents in international organisations often remain under obligation to their own authorities, and can even be summoned home if they displease their masters,” Kapila, a columnist and Health Policy Watch board member, asked at the time. ‘No surprise’ for Europeans Others are asking similar questions now. “It would come as no surprise if China were to put forward their candidate,” a senior European global health policymaker said in an interview last week with Health Policy Watch on the reports of a China candidate for DG, speaking on the margins of the European Health Forum – Gastein. “They see a chance to fill the power void that the United States has left behind.” However, the diplomat expressed doubts as to whether Beijing could mobilize sufficient votes to actually win the race. While acknowledging the risk of increased polarization within the world’s premier health agency, he described Beijing’s diplomatic approach as “very nuanced,” noting that while Europeans view China as a competitor in some areas, it’s also a partner in others. Concerns in Washington DC more likely As the US has withdrawn from WHO, China is filling the vacuum. But the prospect of a Chinese Director-General is likely to raise very different concerns in Washington as compared to Europe, says Kieran Bligh, a former WHO staff member doing doctoral studies on global health leadership at George Washington University and a Health Policy Watch fellow. “The bigger risk is that Washington vacates the space and China fills it,” he says. “The WHO could increasingly become a tool used against US interests while (Washington) has no seat at the table due to the US withdrawal from the agency.” In an early September Bligh predicted that Beijing would soon make a public move in the Director-General race, stating: “China is doing what any serious global power would do: making sure it has influence over who leads the world’s health agency.” From Asia’s Belt and Road to Central Africa A coltan mine in M-23 Rubaya, North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo. China also plays a key role in the refinement and distribution of this vital mineral. The potential for China to muster significant votes to any candidate it mounts is significant, observers say. For one thing, China has recently been appointed to the WHO Executive Board (EB) of 34 member states. China joined WHO’s EB governing body in May 2026, after securing the seat at the 2025 WPRO Regional Committee, as reported by Health Policy Watch. In February 2027, the Executive Board will select three finalists for the race – out of the bloc of declared contenders. Africa’s 54 WHO member states often vote in a bloc on many major WHO policy issues. Forty-seven African states are affiliated with WHO’s African Region, while another seven North and Horn of Africa nations are members of the Eastern Mediterranean Region of the WHO. China’s outsized financial and political influence in Africa extends everywhere on the continent. Chinese firms, for instance, control 70-80% of the copper and cobalt mining in Ebola-stricken Democratic Republic of Congo, including not only legitimate ventures but hundreds of illegal extraction sites in South Kivu province alone where impoverished African families labour. It also plays a key role in distributions of other vital minerals like coltan, critical for electronics, and for which DRC produces 40% of the worlds supply. Coltan is mined artisanally and smuggled illegally over the border to Rwanda and then onward to China and the United Arab Emirates for refining. Child laborers in one of the hundreds of illegal mines in the DRC’s South Kivu province – most of which are operated by Chinese nationals. Across the continent, China has invested nearly $200 billion in port, rail and road projects, as well as modern agrobusinesses, which it is increasingly operating as well. Local African markets are rife with cheap imports of Chinese consumer goods. China is the world’s largest official creditor and the single largest bilateral source of official-sector financing to the developing world, according to AidData. Similarly, the massive Belt and Road Initiative has extended Beijing’s economic and political influence across Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Europe and even Latin America. “Money matters,” Bligh says. “Those influences do not disappear when governments walk into a secret ballot [at the Executive Board level, or later, at the full World Health Assembly], and debt exposure can be powerful leverage.” He argues that if a Chinese candidate were to win the DG race, burning issues like the origins of the SARS-CoV2 virus would likely be buried forever, and WHO collaborations in future independent inquiries could be suppressed. To date, China has never responded to WHO requests for blood samples or genetic sequences of the virus from the first patients infected in Wuhan or detailed information about the status of animals sold at Wuhan’s wet markets – where the virus first emerged in late 2019. Nor has it provided detailed data on the research work and biosafety conditions in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. These are the two leading sources from which scientists believe the virus first began to circulate widely. Wuhan’s Huanan seafood market was shuttered early in 2020, down after COVID emerged in the vicinity. But China’s government has provided little data to WHO on the early days of the SARS-CoV2 virus circulation among animals or humans. WHO needs competent, credible leadership most of all Magda Robalo, president and co-founder of The Institute for Global Health and Development (IGHD), prefers to see the glass half full rather than empty. “Supporters might argue this reflects the growing importance of Asian economies in global health. Critics might worry about political influence over sensitive issues involving transparency, disease reporting, or geopolitical disputes,” the former Guinea-Bissau Minister of Health told Health Policy Watch. “WHO needs a competent, credible and strong leader, able to build consensus among its 194 member states and reform WHO to focus on science, its core strengths and functions, irrespective of nationality or sex,” she said. “One cannot ignore the fact that current geopolitical tension, mistrust, fragmentation and erosion of multilateralism will certainly increase scrutiny on candidates’ ties and citizenship. A Chinese DG candidate could be seen by some countries as reinforcing China’s influence in international institutions. Health is political after all.” “[But] China has significantly expanded its role in global health over the past two decades through investments in health systems, disease surveillance, vaccine production, and health aid, particularly in Africa and Asia,” she concluded. Already the largest WHO contributor and heading FAO Dongyu Qu – FAO DG: ‘ We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights.’ Long overshadowed by high-income WHO member states in the Americas, Europe and Asia, China is today WHO’s largest state contributor in terms of assessed dues, paying the sum of $137.8 million in 2026. At the 2025 Assembly, Vice-Premier Liu Guozhong pledged an additional $500 million over five years, with a line aimed at Washington: “The world is now facing the impacts of unilateralism and power politics.” However, the WHO notes that the pledged additional amount is still “to be confirmed”. The US, meanwhile, owes $280.9 million in membership arrears and faces suspension of its vote at the very Assembly that will elect the next DG. China already holds the top job at another major UN specialized agency. Dongyu Qu, a Chinese national nominated by Beijing, has served as Director-General of the UN Food and Agriculture Organization since 2019 and is now in his second term. Dongyu recently came under fire for his scathing comments about other senior FAO officials “playing the game of human rights” at the Rome-based agency. “We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights,” he was filmed saying at a recent FAO assembly. “Of course, human rights is very important. But we have the human rights agency in Geneva. If you want to take care of that, go there.” Aside from Dongyu’s views, the fact that he holds the DG position at a UN agency is an informal barrier to a Chinese nominee winning the election for WHO DG, as countries have typically preferred that powerful leadership roles are distributed amongst UN member states, rather than concentrated with one nation. Meanwhile, the secrecy surrounding the definitive list of candidates also opens the way for a closet game of poker, in which a country with an undisclosed candidate could potentially leverage commitments from one of the other, publicly declared competitors for post-election policies or appointments in exchange for withdrawing quietly from the race. Not the first time China has held senior leadership roles at WHO Dr Margaret Chan, WHO Director General from 2006-2016 But this would not at all be the first time that senior posts were awarded based on nationalities and not only competencies. In fact, a DG’s appointments of his or her Assistant Directors Generals and other senior managers are often payback for support received during the campaign. It would not be the first time, at all, that a Chinese national held a senior position at WHO. From May 2023 – Jun 2025, Ailan Li served as an Assistant Director-General, Universal Health Coverage, Healthier Populations under Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. Following the 2025 WHO budget crisis leading to staff reductions, Li’s position was eliminated. She is now the WHO Representative to Thailand. Moreover, a Chinese national, Margaret Chan, first elected in November 2006 and holding the Director General’s post from 2007 to 2017, the first ever to do so. But Chan was a native of Hong Kong and a senior health official there during the first SARS outbreak – a period that preceded China’s brutal 2020 crackdown on dissent, Hong Kong’s free media and its semi-autonomous governance, which the island had seen since 1997. Chan was also a dual Canadian national. Secrecy adds to potential leverage against other candidates The candidacy of any high-level member of the Chinese Communist Party, if it were to materialize, would still be unprecedented in terms of the level and scope of influence it would open up to Beijing. Equally unprecedented is the amount of leverage that a shadow candidate nominated by Beijing or by any other member state could wield on other DG competitors, between now and the end of the month, when full disclosure will be required by the WHO rules. The technical loophole that has emerged, therefore, is in how the horses leave the gate. This is a muddy start to a race that most global health pundits describe as a crossroads that could determine the very survival of WHO as a robust, independent global health entity in the UN family. Correction: an earlier version of this story said that Margaret Chan was WHO Director General from 2006-2016, when in fact she was elected in November, 2006 but only took over the position in 2007, serving until 2017. Image Credits: Wikipedia Commons, WHO, ©The Rudin Group , MONUSCO/Sylvain Liechti, Harvard-Kennedy School, Deutsche Welle. Extreme Heat Is Making Pregnancy More Dangerous for Mothers and Newborns 06/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Extreme heat is raising the risks of pregnancy and early infancy as the world warms. Health advocates are pushing to make mothers and newborns a priority at COP31. Nearly three in four maternal healthcare workers say extreme heat-related complications among pregnant women have increased over the past five years, according to a five-country survey released as climate ministers gathered in Fiji for the last major meeting before COP31. The poll of 1,001 obstetricians, midwives, nurses and other maternity staff in Australia, Brazil, India, the UK and Zimbabwe, commissioned by Wellcome Trust, found 73% had seen more heat-related cases or complications in pregnant women. Another 76% reported an increase in foetal or newborn health issues. “Midwives and doctors from countries across five continents are telling us that extreme heat is affecting the health of pregnant women and newborn babies,” said Julia Gillard, Wellcome’s chair and a former Australian prime minister. “No woman should have to fear that extreme heat will harm the baby she is carrying.” Almost all respondents said they had personally cared for a pregnant woman (98%) or a baby (99%) whose health they believed extreme heat had harmed, and 92% said they wanted more training and resources to protect pregnant women during extreme heat. The findings were launched on Monday at the opening of Wellcome’s Birthright campaign in Fiji, on the first day of the pre-COP ministerial meeting, where UN climat chief Simon Stiell warned that “pregnancy and birth are now a new fault line in the global climate crisis.” “Climate-driven extreme heat during pregnancy is increasingly linked to premature birth, stillbirth, low birth weight, and maternal complications,” Stiell said. “A changing climate must never be accepted as a reason pregnancy and birth become less safe.” “Pregnancy should be a time of hope,” he added. “But for millions, it is becoming a time of anxiety, as climate impacts fill everyday life with risk.” Over half of respondents (55%) said clearer national or international guidance would help them provide better care. Wellcome is calling on the World Health Organization (WHO) to produce its first clinical guideline on heat, pregnancy and the postpartum period, and on governments to write pregnant women and newborns into their national climate and health plans. “As the planet continues to heat up because of anthropogenic climate change, more mothers and babies will be put at risk,” said Gillard. “Extreme heat is an invisible killer, but pregnant women must not be invisible.” Pressure on maternity services Mothers and their newborns will face higher risks as the planet continues to warm, driving extreme heat to new levels. About a quarter of respondents, 23%, had seen pregnancy complications requiring additional monitoring or treatment that they linked to extreme heat. Among newborns, 36% reported dehydration or heat-related illness, 34% low birth weight or restricted growth and 33% difficulties with feeding, breathing or regulating body temperature. Over a quarter (27%) said heat is making it harder for pregnant women and their families to travel to or reach care, while 29% reported a rise in urgent or emergency presentations. Some 28% said they had struggled to store medicines, supplies or equipment safely, and 24% had dealt with interruptions to electricity, water or cooling. Health workers in Zimbabwe reported the sharpest rise, with 85% saying heat-related complications in pregnant women had increased, compared with 79% in Australia, 74% in Brazil, 66% in the UK and 62% in India. The poll, run online by Censuswide between 17 September and 1 October, records what health workers say they have seen rather than clinical case records. Wellcome’s methodology notes the results are unweighted, not nationally representative and do not establish that heat caused individual complications. None of the five countries surveyed is classed as low-income by the World Bank, yet pregnancy is already far deadlier in the poorest countries. About 260,000 women died during or after pregnancy and childbirth in 2023, according to WHO, and roughly 70% of those deaths occurred in sub-Saharan Africa. A woman in a low-income country faces a one in 66 lifetime risk of dying from maternal causes, compared with one in 7,933 in a high-income country, leaving the world far off track for its 2030 target. In sub-Saharan Africa, a 15-year-old girl faces a one in 40 lifetime risk of dying from a maternal cause, according to UN estimates for 2020. Almost 95% of maternal deaths that year occurred in low- and lower-middle-income countries, while 73 countries, most of them in Europe or Latin America and the Caribbean, were estimated to have 20 or fewer maternal deaths. Yet a 2025 review of 83 heat-health action plans from 24 countries found none from low-income economies. Only 52% named pregnant women as an at-risk group, 39% newborns and 14% postpartum or breastfeeding women. “We already know many of the solutions to protect people, from early warning systems to cooler buildings,” said Madeleine Thomson, Wellcome’s head of climate impacts and adaptation. The challenge, she added, is reaching “those who need them most.” A test of climate action Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, called addressing the impacts of extreme heat on newborns and pregnant women “a new fault line” in the climate fight. Ministers from more than 50 countries are meeting in Nadi until Thursday, with a leaders’ event in Tuvalu, in the last major round of talks before COP31 opens in Antalya, Türkiye, on 9 November. Speaking at the Birthright launch, Stiell said advice to stay cool offers little to women with “no cool place to go,” and that safe childbirth already depends heavily on geography, income and access to care. “Without action, extreme heat will widen that injustice.” His three priorities for governments are: writing pregnancy and newborn care into national adaptation, health and heat plans; turning evidence into protection through guidance, training and heat alerts; and collecting better data. “Harm that is not counted is too easily ignored,” he said, adding that governments need data to track where the risks are rising, who is most exposed, which protections work and where finance and technology should go. Stiell tied the issue to the fight over adaptation finance, urging governments to deliver on commitments made at COP30 in Belém, and pointed to the Belém Adaptation Indicators and Gender Action Plan as ways to measure climate-related health risks. “A newborn’s healthy start must never depend on a family’s ability to escape the heat,” he said. Türkiye’s presidency has made “Dynamic and Resilient Health Systems” one of 10 priority themes on its COP31 Action Agenda, and the summit will open with a dedicated Health Day. That agenda is voluntary, however, and health has no standalone item in the negotiations. Its foothold in the formal text runs through the Global Goal on Adaptation, under which countries adopted 59 indicators at COP30, eight of them on health. Record heat, rising risks The survey follows a northern summer in which 33 countries recorded their hottest July on record, according to an AFP analysis of Copernicus data. The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration found July 2026 tied with July 2024 as the hottest on record globally. Last year’s Lancet Countdown estimated that there were 546,000 heat-related deaths per year over the most recent decade, and found that 84% of heatwave days between 2020 and 2024 would not have occurred without climate change. A 2024 meta-analysis of 198 studies across 66 countries found the odds of preterm birth rose 4% for every 1°C increase in heat exposure and 26% during heatwaves. The odds of obstetric complications rose 25% during heatwaves. “With El Niño pushing temperatures higher, the failure to act is costing lives,” said Thomson. “Extreme heat, fuelled by climate change is impacting our way of life and our health – and yet many countries are not prepared.” Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts
Kenya’s Ebola Patient Travelled Extensively in DRC and Uganda Before Flying Home to Die 08/10/2026 Kerry Cullinan Thermal screening at a port of entry in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. The Kenyan man who died of Ebola this week travelled extensively through the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and Uganda and sought medical care from mid-September – passing through several airport health screenings without detection, even two days before he died. Dr Wessam Mankoula, head of health emergencies for Africa Centre for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), presented a map of the man’s travels at a media briefing on Thursday, showing that he sought medical treatment at health centres in Bondo and Kasangani in the DRC from as early as 17 September. The deceased travelled through at least eight towns and cities and took three flights while sick, his final journey being a flight from Entebbe in Uganda to Nairobi on 3 October. He was picked up at Nairobi’s Jomo Kenyatta International Airport by a family member who drove him directly to Nairobi Hospital, where he died of Ebola two days’ later. His medical records indicate that he had been suffering from fever and skin rash, and was diagnosed with a staphylococcal skin infection. There was some suggestion that he might have erroneously been diagnosed wth Rift Valley Fever, a mosquito-borne disease. The journey taken by Kenya’s first Ebola patient in the weeks and days before his death, as mapped by health authorities in the DRC, Uganda and Kenya. By the time he reached Nairobi, “he was suffering from fever, sore throat, muscle pain, and also bleeding in some of the infection sites,” said Mankoula. The World Health Organization (WHO) reported on Wednesday that the man’s temperature had been recorded as normal when he was screened on two separate occasions. Mankoula said he was possibly taking antipyretic medication, which had masked his fever and urged travellers to be transparent about their symptoms to ensure they did not endanger others. “Please, if you start having any symptoms related to Ebola, if you have been in touch with any confirmed cases of Ebola, report this to the health authorities in your countries,” Mankoula urged. “If you start having fever, please don’t try to take drugs to mask those symptoms so that you can start crossing the borders. “When you reveal if you have any symptoms or signs related to Ebola, you are not only preventing further spread to other countries, but also you are protecting yourself first. When you seek medical care early, we see an improvement in the outcome. When you delay in seeking medical care, this is when we see worse outcomes.” “Africa CDC is calling for vigilance, not panic,” Mankoula stressed, saying that co-operation between the three affected countries has enabled authorities to map the man’s movements and start tracing his contacts. In response, Kenya has activated its public health emergency operations centre and a national task force led by the Ministry of Health Mankoula also called for the strengthening of health screening measures at countries’ points of entry and points of exit. “We have tried, through thermal screening, through some of the questionnaires in the countries, to track the history of the travellers and also if they have any symptoms or signs. So this is helping the countries to take quick measures to identify any suspected cases quickly and deal with this.” More than 8,700 cases have been reported in DRC with 4,205 deaths – a 48% case fatality rate. There has been a 24% decrease in Ituri in the past three weeks, and a 19% decrease in Nord-Kivu, although conflict in the province is affecting surveillance. Image Credits: Twitter: @MoetiTshidi. BREAKING: China Confirms Song Li’s WHO Leadership Bid, Reshuffling Race Amidst Fraught Multilateral Landscape 08/10/2026 Felix Sassmannshausen Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Mao Ning briefing reporters in Beijing, where she confirmed Song Li’s nomination and reiterated China’s commitment to multilateralism. Beijing confirmed the nomination of National Health Commission official Dr Song Li for WHO Director-General on Thursday (8 October). The move expands the candidate field to seven amidst severe geopolitical ruptures shaking up the agency, with experts warning this move could further heighten superpower tensions. In announcing the bid, Chinese officials framed the candidacy around global solidarity and strengthening multilateralism. “China’s decision to nominate Dr Song Li reflects China’s aspiration to work for a global community of health for all and demonstrates China’s firm support for multilateralism,” Foreign Ministry spokesperson Mao Ning told reporters during a press briefing in response to a question by Reuters. Song was nominated by the People’s Republic of China as WHO DG candidate. “If elected, it will help the WHO play a more positive role in promoting the health and wellbeing of all humanity,” she added. Until late last month, Song served as Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission. She is a physician-scientist trained at Peking University and Harvard, bringing over two decades of experience in maternal policy, epidemic response, and WHO technical advisory groups. Observers note Song’s technical focus contrasts with established ministerial and diplomatic figures in the race. Song bid spotlights China’s financial weight China ranks fourth in overall WHO funding for 2026-2027 at $320 million, due to the size of its mandatory assessed dues rather than voluntary contributions. Song’s nomination by the People’s Republic of China comes as WHO manages massive budget cuts following the declared withdrawal of the United States in January 2025. Owing $280.9 million in unpaid arrears, WHA member states did not formally recognize the move at the May 2026 World Health Assembly. But due to the unpaid dues, the US still faces the suspension of its voting rights at the 2027 World Health Assembly when the next WHO Director-General will be elected. Global health policy experts observe that Beijing aims to fill the leadership void left by Washington’s withdrawal. According to official numbers on the WHO website, China’s total projected financial contribution to the WHO for the 2026-2027 biennium stands at $320 million through August, making it the largest state contributor in terms of assessed funding after the US withdrawal. Among state donors, China’s funding is exceptionally concentrated in mandatory assessed dues, contrasting with traditional high-income donors from Europe, the Americas and western Asia, which distribute significant portions of their funding across core voluntary, thematic, and specified voluntary channels. When compared against other major contributors, China ranks as the fourth-largest overall donor to the WHO, trailing only the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the European Commission, and the World Bank, while sitting ahead of the United Kingdom, the GAVI Alliance, and Germany. While European Union Member States hold 27 votes in the WHA, the EU is not likely to vote en bloc, and two European nominees in the race could split their support. Health Policy Watch reached out to the WHO asking to confirm the nomination and whether China had paid its dues for 2026 in full, but did not receive a response ahead of publication. High geopolitical stakes for WHO Lawrence Gostin doesn’t see a global appetite for a Chinese DG candidate. One leading US global health expert voiced serious doubts that a Chinese candidacy will indeed shake up the final race because of the high geopolitical stakes for the WHO. “In the aftermath of COVID-19, I do not think there is a global appetite for a Chinese candidate for WHO Director-General,” Lawrence Gostin, professor of global health law at Georgetown University, told Health Policy Watch. “A Chinese candidate would heighten geopolitical tensions, putting the WHO in a difficult and vulnerable position,” Gostin added. “It would also make rejoining the WHO far more difficult for the US, even under a Democratic administration.” The friction stems from increased geopolitical competition between the two superpowers and a lingering political fallout over COVID-19 transparency and initial outbreak reporting. Gostin noted that bipartisan opposition in Washington and a lack of civil society support create formidable hurdles for Song across both North America and Europe. European reactions, however, remain more divided. While one senior European official warned that a successful Chinese bid would test the WHO’s fundamental legitimacy and independence, others were less alarmist, noting that Beijing’s diplomacy remains “very nuanced” and that China is viewed in Europe as a partner as well as a competitor. Besides geopolitical scrutiny, China’s candidacy also faces structural UN hurdles regarding geographic distribution. With Dr Margaret Chan, a dual Canadian and Chinese national from Hong Kong, having served two terms as WHO Director-General from 2007 to 2017 and the Chinese national Qu Dongyu currently heading the Food and Agriculture Organization, member states may resist concentrating more UN agency leadership into the hands of one country. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed Note: This piece has been updated regarding Song’s position, Dr Margaret Chan’s term dates, and WHO budget cycle data. Image Credits: Ministry of Foreign Affairs People’s Republic of China, WHO, WHO/HPW. EXCLUSIVE: One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients: After Stepping Back from the WHO Race, What I Stand For in the AI Society – Jiho Cha’s Story 08/10/2026 Jiho Cha Jiho Cha, the Korean parliamentarian who is not running for WHO Director General I sought to lead the World Health Organization (WHO) because the rules of intelligence are becoming the rules of health. My name will not be on the ballot. The responsibility remains. I will now work to organise the political and economic power needed to put intelligence at the service of humanity – and to keep it from turning against us. Nominations for the next WHO Director-General closed on 24 September. Seven names are on the list. Mine is not. Those who received me as a candidate this summer deserve more than a sentence. The short version is that I chose a task I judged more urgent than the leadership of any single institution. The longer version is this essay, because the vision was never about me, and the question at its centre still awaits an answer from any of the six. The question is simple to state, and it has been asked of every technology that has ever entered the clinic. The global health architecture is about to acquire a new layer of intelligence. For whom will it work, and under whose control? And, more urgently now: who will keep it from turning against us? What the field taught me: Social, political and intelligence determinants of health Access to nutritious, fresh foods, a critical determinant of health. I came to that question slowly, through two kinds of work that rarely speak to each other. More than 20 years ago, my first humanitarian posting as a physician was at Hanawon, the centre where people who have escaped North Korea spend their first months in the South. For three years I examined people who had crossed borders on foot and spent years in hiding. They arrived with tuberculosis and trauma, and with structural violence that had settled into the body. But my clinic was the end of their illness’s story, not its beginning. The social conditions that had made them ill lay years upstream: a famine that was political before it was agricultural, borders that turned flight into a crime, a stateless existence in which seeing a doctor meant risking deportation. What I treated were the sediments of a social order – the social determinants of health, arriving one body at a time. With Médecins Sans Frontières, I followed those conditions back to their source: the borderlands people had fled, and later, with other humanitarian colleagues, to the Kashmir earthquake, the jungles of Papua New Guinea, and the refugee camps of the Democratic Republic of Congo. There I learned a lesson the textbooks phrase too politely. Illness in a crisis is rarely an accident of biology. It is the body’s registration of decisions made elsewhere. A woman denied even refugee status turns to a trafficker not because she misjudges the risk, but because every legal door has closed and return is the one certainty she cannot survive. The well-meaning people in white vehicles – I was one of them – too often arrive without the history that made the poverty they came to relieve, mistaking colonial residue for local misfortune. Twenty years later, the citizens of Osan, a working city south of Seoul, sent me to the National Assembly, and there I learned the other half of the story. I watched the grief of Itaewon, where 159 people died in a single night, bent to political need and then erased. I watched the martial law decree of 3 December 2024 outlaw the Assembly in one clause and order striking doctors back to their wards in another – one text aimed at legislators like me and physicians like me. And on the presidential campaign and the National Planning Committee, among the few who write national strategy, I learned how a line in my policy book becomes a ministry – or quietly a footnote no one answers for. Behind every failure of health care I had witnessed stood not a shortage but a choice: a political determinant. Power decides not only who is treated, but who is recognised as ill, and who has the power to judge whether or what treatment is provided. ‘Intelligence’ – the determinant behind the determinants Meeting a child waste picker in Cambodia. Between the social and political determinants, a third took shape, and it ran deeper than either. The resource on which health systems have depended longest, and which they have distributed most unequally, is neither medicine nor money. It is human judgement: the capacity to recognise who is ill, to decide what should be done, and to act. I call the conditions that govern the social distribution of that judgement the intelligence determinants of health. Across much of the world, a single nurse makes the decisions on which 10,000 lives may depend, with no one to consult and no second opinion within a day’s travel. Economists, scientists and policy experts are distributed across the world just as unevenly, and that distribution may itself be a determinant of the social and political conditions I had spent 20 years treating – the determinant beneath the determinants. For the first time, a machine can carry a part of that judgement to places it has never reached. Governments and companies will decide within the next few years whether it reaches that nurse or only the hospitals that can pay – and they will decide much of it in private contracts whose terms no one outside the signing room will ever read: an old pattern in a new form, the determinants of health settled where the people they determine cannot see. What I stood for: Climate, Health, and AI Global AI hub launch in Seoul, Korea in May 2026 I wanted WHO to write the rules for this emerging layer of intelligence before the market did. In an emergency, the interval between a need and a standard is filled by whoever arrives first. WHO is the one institution every health ministry listens to, but the distance between a principle agreed in Geneva and a contract signed in a ministry is where the future of health care is being settled. For a decade, since AlphaGo defeated the world’s best Go player,Lee Sedol, born on my mother’s island, I have worked on this new layer of intelligence from the outside: on AI-augmented health systems for low-resource settings, and more recently on Korea’s new societal model, the “AI Universal Basic Society” (AI UBS), which treats intelligence as public infrastructure for essential services, beginning with health care. In May, nine UN agencies including WHO, launched the Global AI Hub, a shared operational campus of the UN system, and in September Korea put both proposals before the General Assembly. But WHO itself was not moving at the speed the moment demanded. Member states cut its base budget for 2026–27 from $5.3 billion to $4.2 billion, and development assistance for health fell to its lowest level in roughly 15 years. An organisation that has lost a fifth of its budget and many of its ablest people does not run towards new fields; it defends the ones it has. Meanwhile the largest technology companies were signing national-scale agreements for health and education, most on undisclosed terms. So I did what a physician does when a referral is taking too long. I went to the patient myself. In July, I declared. The core of my policy manifesto, One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients, is a single proposition: Universal Intelligence Coverage (UIC) for health. Universal health coverage asks whether people can receive care without being ruined by the cost. UIC asks whether judgement – human, machine or both – reaches everyone, and who answers when it fails. I proposed a “1.5-tier” model of primary health care: frontline workers equipped with AI decision support and supervised remotely by human professionals, with responsibility for diagnosis and treatment kept firmly with people. Climate finance was the second strand. Less than 1% of it reaches health. I argued that a climate-resilient health system is itself a frontline mechanism of adaptation, and proposed that WHO use the Green Climate Fund accreditation it secured this year to channel roughly $1 billion into primary care without drawing a dollar from its shrinking core budget. The larger point was about dependence. Global health has run for decades on voluntary, earmarked money from a handful of governments, and the past two years have shown how quickly that base erodes when one of them turns inward. Blended finance is the way out: climate financing anchoring the public health layer, the private capital now pouring into the AI transition financing the intelligence layer above it, and public terms binding both to public goals. Over 10 weeks I took these ideas to three continents – Africa, Asia and Europe – and to the leaders of their regional organisations. What we built together rests on one principle: regional health sovereignty – a decolonised global health architecture, powered by a new layer of intelligence and a new mechanism of finance. In Africa, it is “African AI for African health”, running on African infrastructure and answering to African law. In the Pacific Islands it is the “Pacific AI Initiative”, a regional platform for climate-resilient health systems. All want to build, not merely to buy. African AI needs to run on African infrastructure and answer to African law. After stepping back I believe the diagnosis was right and the prescription was ready. I had been nominated by the Parliament as a WHO candidate for DG. But at the last minute, circumstances changed. The responsibility now passes to one of the other seven candidates, and I wish each of them well. Whoever becomes Director-General will find in me a partner. But the campaign taught me something I had not fully grasped when it began. Meeting heads of government, frontier researchers and leaders of AI and biotechnology companies, I heard the same assessment with increasing frequency: the convergence of autonomous AI and biotechnology is entering a stage at which it could generate an existential threat of a new kind: a pandemic made by humans and machines together. The frontier laboratories now say so themselves: by their own published assessments, their latest models have reached the thresholds at which they could materially assist biological misuse, and the companies that build them ask publicly to be regulated. A risk I had been warning about for years was arriving far faster than I had expected. The window is closing: capability is advancing by the quarter, public control by the decade. These are not two separate agendas. Bringing validated intelligence to a rural clinic and keeping unvalidated intelligence from harming the world are two answers to the same question – for whom, and under whose control, does intelligence work? But this answer lies beyond WHO’s reach. Responding to a pandemic, whatever its origin, is WHO’s mandate. Governing the roots of this risk – the race in frontier AI and its fusion with biotechnology – belongs to no institution at all. As with the nuclear competition of the last century, the world has no mechanism to slow a race centred on the United States and China, and the voice of industry overwhelms that of states. The world has visions and forums enough; it has no institution and no budget line for the AI society that is already arriving. What it does have is the makings of a coalition. The Global South champions and the middle powers that hold technology and finance can, together, assemble the strength to shape that AI society. I have concluded that this work was more urgent than any position in any organisation. Over these months, leaders serving and former – in governments, international organisations, the media and academia – reached the same conclusion and asked me to help convene such a coalition. I In my own country, the expectation came from the highest level of government. I chose it. A humanitarian learns early to go not where the doctors already are, but where there are none. The WHO post will be well filled; this work was more pressing, and almost no one was standing in line for it. What I will do at the existential crossroads of the AI society I will organise a global coalition to become an AI buyer, with the power to negotiate, purchase, legislate and govern. Most proposals for AI governance begin with visions and institutions. I have sat in enough of those rooms to know how slowly they fill. Mine begins with a buyer – and in a market of scattered ministries, a buyer first has to be assembled. In a revolution led by private actors, the power a public actor can use fastest is to decide what it buys and on what terms. Outside the few countries that build the intelligence infrastructure itself, the Global North will mostly use AI to replace human labour in systems that already exist, and substitution alone does not make a new economy. In the Global South, the need has always outrun the supply–the clinic without a doctor, the classroom without a teacher, the household without a bank–and intelligence that can finally meet it creates a new economy rather than replacing one: a trillion-dollar market in which the buyer, not the supplier, should set the terms–and no one has yet organised a hundred fragmented buyers into one. That is the work I will do, and the order is the strategy. Ask industry to regulate itself before you hold any market leverage, and the rules it writes will hold you. I will organise a coalition that can negotiate, purchase and legislate, govern–in that order. First, a Planetary Intelligence Network, solidarity for sovereignty. Sovereignty over intelligence will not be won one ministry at a time; only a network of leaders who can decide can build it. I will convene it within months, not years. Any leader who shares these concerns – sovereignty over external intelligence, existential risk – has a seat. This is a network, not a bloc, and its first effect is simple: ministries that have always faced the same supplier alone begin to negotiate as one. Second, New 3 by 5, collective purchasing power. Twenty years ago, Dr Lee Jong-wook set the world a target he called 3 by 5: three million people on HIV treatment by 2005. I propose a new 3 by 5: three million AI-augmented primary health care (PHC) workers within five years. We will augment first the community health workers, nurses and clinical officers who provide most first-contact care, raising their clinical and epidemiological capability toward that of a primary care physician, under remote human supervision. This is physician-level judgement arriving in three million places that have never had it. Connected across a continent, AI-augmented PHCs become a connected health system and pandemic preparedness–and a single buyer large enough to set terms. If a pandemic made by humans and machines ever begins, its first case will present not to a frontier lab but to one of them. Access and early warning are one investment. Third, a Public Intelligence Compact, collective regulating power. A buyer of that size can set terms. The Compact is one set of conditions for any system that shapes a decision about a person in a public service: independent validation, data management under national law, continuity of service, the right to audit, transparent pricing. As a declaration, these are pieties; as a procurement rule, they are the law of the market. The Compact is neutral as to flag: any company that meets the terms is welcome. Sovereignty means a country can choose, question, change and, when necessary, leave the systems it uses. Its companion I call Firebreak – the line a fire does not cross. We cannot put out the fire of frontier development, but we buy the very models that could start one, and a buyer can set conditions today: no DNA synthesis order unscreened, no model in a public service unevaluated, no incident unreported. The Compact is the first line of defence, Firebreak the last, and the three million workers watching for the first spark are the sensors in between. Fourth, a Public Intelligence Foundation and Existential Risk Council, a blended governance. This step evolves with purchasing power and regulating power. The Foundation is a shared operational platform with the global AI companies that will translate private AI back into public intelligence on the Compact’s terms. Beside it, and firewalled from it, stands the Existential Risk Council, independent of the foundation’s money, because a body that depends on industry cannot also judge its dangers. It will make independent evaluation of existential risks such as biological misuse–with incident reporting and synthesis screening–the price of entry for every model and the laboratory that trained it. The council will define itself against no state. None of this replaces the United Nations. The network brings will, leverage and pace; the UN brings implementation and universality–the Global AI Hub’s agencies beyond health, and WHO for the clinical standard, which we will adopt, not rival. I know how this fails: a foundation captured by its funders, pilots that vanish with the donor cycle, and the oldest failure of all–help that arrives without asking the people it is for. That is the work I am committing to lead. Eight billion for one patient. Jiho Cha is a humanitarian physician, global health scholar and Member of the National Assembly of the Republic of Korea, and co-chairs the Lancet Commission on Sea-Level Rise, Health, and Justice. For two decades, he has worked with marginalised populations in the Middle East, Africa and Asia, and with the displaced people caught between them. He was Professor of Humanitarian Studies at the University of Manchester and of AI and Future Strategy at KAIST, and designed Korea’s AI Universal Basic Society framework and the Global AI Hub, a joint campus of nine UN agencies. His policy manifesto, One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients, was prepared for his candidacy for WHO Director-General. The views expressed are his own. Image Credits: Jiho Cha, Ron Lach via Pexels. WHO Asks Russia for More Information About Death of Plague Unit Employee 07/10/2026 Kerry Cullinan Dr Tedros addressing the media briefing. The World Health Organization (WHO) has asked the Russian government for more information about the death of an employee at a Siberian plague research unit, including details about the laboratory tests conducted on her, the WHO Director-General told a media briefing on Thursday. The WHO has also asked Russia for more details about the public health measures it has imposed, the health status of the woman’s contacts, and whether a second employee has been infected with “pneumonia of undetermined cause”, said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. This follows reports on Monday of the death of a 27-year-old female employee at the Irkutsk Anti-plague Research Institute of Siberia and the Far East – possibly of pneumonic plague. The employee was hospitalised at Shelekhov Hospital on 29 September with symptoms of pneumonia, placed on a ventilator and died a few days later, according to media reports. Tedros said that the WHO had sent queries to Russia on Saturday, and received a report on Wednesday that “no case of plague had recently been reported in the Irkutsk Oblast” where the research unit is, and that they had “placed about 200 [of the woman’s] contacts in quarantine”. WHO has also offered Russia technical support related to “plague and lab biosafety and biosecurity”, Tedros said, adding that “we don’t yet have the full picture of this event, and we are not able to conduct a full risk assessment”. Broken test tube? Dr Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO director of epidemic and pandemic management. Some media reports say the employee died after breaking a test tube in the laboratory, but Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO director of Epidemic and Pandemic Management, said that employees working in such laboratories would wear personal protective equipment (PPE) and be vaccinated against various diseases. “We are following up on what type of PPE would be used, and under which conditions? What were they doing with these pathogens?” said Van Kerkhove. “If there was a lab incident in this lab, there are procedures that must be followed in terms of the assessment that they do in the lab. There would be post-exposure prophylaxis, for example, for this individual. They would probably run tests, so there’s more to come as it relates to what actually happened,” she explained. “What we have been told is that [Russia] has no case of plague registered in this area, and that no high threat pathogens were detected. So clearly, we would like more information to understand which laboratory tests were conducted, which pathogens were evaluated, and if this individual didn’t die from plague, then then how did she die?” Van Kerkhove added. Plague is a severe, life-threatening infection caused by the bacterium Yersinia pestis and there are two types: bubonic and pneumonic. However, Van Kerkhove said there are thousands of cases of suspected plague every year around the world: “Between 2019 to 2025, 10 countries reported almost 4,000 suspected human plague cases and 423 deaths.” Central Asia is the hot spot, and people are infected by bacteria carried by small rodents. “Sometimes there are small, sporadic outbreaks. Plague is caused by a bacteria. There are antibiotics that can treat this. So if anyone does have an infection with plague, it can be treated.” International Health Regulations requirements In terms of the International Health Regulations (IHR), WHO member states are legally obliged to assess public health risks and notify the WHO of any event that may constitute a public health emergency of international concern (PHEIC) within 24 hours of assessment. Although the WHO submitted its queries to Russia in terms of the IHR on Saturday, it took the government more than three days to respond. Dr Silvio Ciobanu from WHO’s European region and an IHR expert said countries have to answer four key questions in terms of the IHR: “How severe is the public health impact? Is it unusual and expected? Does it pose a risk of international spread? And does it pose a risk of trade or travel restrictions?” Ciobanu added that the IHR are “very explicit that a response is expected within 24 hours, and then after that, state parties may require a little bit of extra time to collect all the additional information”. Less Than 1% of International Development Finance Targets Air Pollution 07/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Thick smog blankets the skyline of Bangkok, Thailand. International development lenders committed $4.7 billion in 2024 to projects aimed explicitly at reducing air pollution, less than 1% of all international development finance, according to an annual analysis published Tuesday by the Clean Air Fund (CAF). That was up 58% from $3.0 billion in 2023, nearly matching the 2022 peak of $4.8 billion. A broader measure, which also counts projects where cleaner air is a co- benefit, fell 6% to $28.7 billion, the first annual decline in five years. Five of the ten most polluted countries got less than $2 per citizen, and most of the money came in the form of loans, the analysis found. Air pollution causes 7.9 million premature deaths a year, nine in ten of them in low- and middle-income countries, according to Health Effects Institute figures. It costs the equivalent of nearly 5% of global GDP, the World Bank estimates, and targeted policies could halve the number of people exposed to dangerous levels by 2040, with economic benefits of up to $2.4 trillion. “Funding remains worryingly low, concentrated on a limited number of places, and misaligned with countries facing the greatest burden,” said Sean Maguire, executive director for strategic partnerships at CAF. Top 10 polluted countries and their total air quality funding, 2024. The data analysed stops in 2024, before the largest annual drop in development aid on record hit the following year. Development assistance for health fell by more than a fifth in 2025, to $39.1 billion, its lowest level in over 15 years, according to estimates by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). US health aid fell 67%. Even before the cuts, air pollution drew little donor money relative to its toll, compared with causes such as food security, humanitarian relief or climate finance. Foundations gave it less than 0.1% of their global giving between 2019 and 2023, a separate CAF analysis found. “Recent gains remain fragile,” the report says. “The challenge is whether these gains can be sustained and scaled amid shrinking aid budgets.” The CAF report, produced with Climate Policy Initiative (CPI), tracks 2020-2024 commitments by development banks and donor governments. It excludes domestic budgets and private finance, and nearly nine in ten dollars it counts are loans. “With development budgets under growing pressure, clean air objectives must be built into wider development investment, so every dollar works harder and delivers benefits for health, climate and economies at the same time,” Maguire said. Most polluted countries left behind South Asia receives nearly a third of all air quality funding (2020-2024). Pakistan, Nepal, Myanmar, Cameroon and the Democratic Republic of Congo, five of the world’s ten most polluted countries, each received less than $2 per person in air quality funding in 2024. India, the second most polluted, was the exception, drawing 19% of all air quality funding that year. “Air quality funding is not going where pollution exposure and health risks are greatest,” Maguire said. Pakistan, ranked third for exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5), received about 3 cents per person. Between 2020 and 2024, it received $1.7 billion in what CAF calls fossil fuel-prolonging funding, nearly three times the $0.6 billion it received for all air quality projects combined. Bangladesh, the most polluted country in the ranking, was the largest recipient of fossil fuel-prolonging funding over the five years, at $3.7 billion. Bangladesh’s fossil fuel funding fell 96% in 2024, to $113 million, the report found. Over the five years, it received $7.8 billion in air quality funding. “Our analysis shows that money is not yet consistently following need, and that countries facing some of the highest pollution levels often have the least access to finance,” said Barbara Buchner, chief executive of CPI. A wide tent for what counts as clean air funding Projects that make no mention of air quality made up 84% of the air quality funding CAF counted in 2024. CAF and CPI find these co-benefit projects through keyword searches of project descriptions in OECD and development bank data, projecting a clean air benefit from the type of project. The methodology captures investments in public transportation like buses, railways and metro lines, wastewater plants and networks, solid waste, household energy efficiency, food waste and soil health. It does not check whether individual projects actually cut pollution. Transport accounted for 62% of all air quality funding over the five years, with railways and public transport alone making up $53 billion. Two loans worth $5 billion for a high-speed rail line between Mumbai and Ahmedabad made up 14% of South Asia’s air quality funding. “Investment in railways, public transport and cleaner mobility is demonstrating how better connectivity and economic development can go hand in hand with cleaner air,” said Fu Lu, CAF’s regional director for Southeast Asia. “We need these benefits to be shared by many more people and places.” Because co-benefit funding tracks wider lending for transport and infrastructure, its growth provides only mixed signals about whether funders are prioritizing clean air specifically. Total air quality funding, co-benefit projects included, has held at 5.6% of international development funding across the last two five-year periods, while the outdoor share slipped from 0.8% to 0.7%. The narrower outdoor category leans on similar projects. Under the keyword rules CAF published last year, a transport or water project counts as explicit clean air funding if its description also mentions air, health or exposure. Ten projects made up 53% of outdoor funding over 2020-2024, seven of them rail or public transport, mostly metro lines. CAF itself found “no structural shift towards explicitly targeting air quality improvements” over the medium term. Loans dominate co-benefit finance Loans made up 89% of the $124.6 billion in air quality funding between 2020 and 2024, about $110 billion. Grants accounted for 7.7%. Co-benefit projects, which make no mention of air quality, made up $108.7 billion of the total. Concessional funding fell from $19 billion to $12 billion, while non-concessional funding rose from $12 billion to $17 billion, 58% of the total. Concessional loans carry below-market interest but still have to be repaid. In 2024, the balance tipped further toward market-rate lending. In CAF’s figures, which follow OECD aid classifications, concessional finance counts as aid, and aid budgets are shrinking, with the OECD projecting a further 5.8% drop in 2026. The reliance on loans in the donor landscape may put air quality funding beyond reach for countries already carrying heavy debts, according to CAF’s analysis. Official development assistance from OECD donors fell 23.1% in real terms in 2025, to $174.3 billion, according to preliminary OECD data, as the United States cut its aid by 56.9%. Across the global South, debt service is absorbing 45% of government revenue in 2025 and exceeds combined spending on education, health and social protection by 20%, according to Development Finance International’s Debt Service Watch. A narrow measure of fossil fuel finance About $1.2 trillion is expected to flow into oil, gas and coal in 2026, according to the International Energy Agency’s annual investment report. Governments plan to produce 120% more fossil fuels in 2030 than would be consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C, according to the 2025 Production Gap Report. The International Monetary Fund puts explicit fossil fuel subsidies at $725 billion in 2024. Implicit subsidies, three-quarters of them the unpriced cost of air pollution and climate damage, add $6.7 trillion. Removing both would mean 1.1 million fewer premature deaths from air pollution, the IMF estimates. Against those sums, the report counted $4.7 billion in what it calls fossil fuel-prolonging development finance in 2024, down 48% from 2023, and said that put it level with outdoor air quality funding. The report counts only international public development finance recorded in OECD data, and only projects that build polluting assets, such as power plants, pipelines and airports, or that promote polluting activities. Private banks, domestic state spending, guarantees, most export credit and fuel subsidies fall outside it, and road building was dropped from the count this year. G20 governments and multilateral development banks provided at least $47 billion a year in international public finance for oil, gas and coal between 2020 and 2022, according to the campaign group Oil Change International. About 65% came through export credit agencies, which CAF’s figures largely leave out. The report warns that continued investment in long-lived fossil fuel assets risks “lock-in to a fossil fuel-dependent development pathway.” It also acknowledges that such funding can support energy access and security in developing countries. Last year’s edition urged donors to end funding for fossil fuel-prolonging projects. None of this year’s five recommendations mentions fossil fuels. Image Credits: urf/Getty Images via Canva. GLP-1 Drugs? Surgery? WHO Issues Guidelines for Obesity in Children 07/10/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Obesity is growing fastest among children and adolescents The World Health Organization (WHO) released its first-ever guidelines to address how clinicians should manage obesity in children and adolescents, which include conditional recommendations for obesity medications and even surgery for children over the age of 10. Since 1990, the number of children ages 5-9 years and adolescents 10-19 years living with obesity has quadrupled, skyrocketing from 2% to 8%. Upwards of 170 million children and adolescents now live with the chronic condition, which increases the risk of a host of medical complications, including type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. For children especially, obesity can come with stigmatisation, discrimination, and bullying, the WHO notes. Obesity in children is projected to increase most rapidly in lower- and middle-income countries, where access to healthy foods and exercise now mirrors that in upper-income countries. The growing global burden of overweight and obese children has led the WHO to issue guidelines for what it terms “person-centered” care, which is a combination of nutrition, physical activity, behavioral management, and in some cases, medication or even surgery. The WHO recommendations are based on an evaluation of 35 scholarly review articles, but research is still evolving, especially for pharmaceutical-based interventions in children. WHO’s childhood obesity management recommendations. Conditional recommendations for medication For children under 10, the WHO does not recommend obesity drugs or bariatric surgery. Instead, the focus should be on structured interventions such as healthy eating, physical activity, and behavioral change, Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of the WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, told a press conference in Geneva this week. If this three-pronged approach fails for adolescents, WHO recommends that, in some instances, obesity drugs could be used if the child is mentally and physically prepared. Several blockbuster drugs now dominate the weight loss market. In the US, nearly one in five adults reported taking a GLP-1 drug such as Ozempic or Weygovy at some point for diabetes or weight loss. The WHO notably added GLP-1s to its recommended guidelines for obesity treatment for adults in 2025, a step in what the global health agency said is a “conditional” sign of approval for the cutting-edge medications that have become so popular. The picture for children is a bit more complicated, WHO scientists said. While pharmaceutical giants Novo Nordisk and Eli Lilly are both running clinical trials in children as young as six, the WHO had little research to draw on to assess whether the drugs meet the bar of safety or efficacy for children under 10. But that hasn’t stopped prescriptions, as a study published in the journal Pediatrics reported that the number of children aged eight to 11 on GLP-1s “increased sharply” between 2019 and 2026. Their study estimates that out of a cohort of over 3.5 million children with obesity – and without diabetes – roughly 20,000 children were prescribed GLP-1s. Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, speaking at a press conference in Geneva. A recent analysis from Lurie Children’s Hospital in Chicago found that GLP-1s may be linked to nutritional deficiencies in children, most notably a lack of vitamin D. The researchers found that only 5% of pediatric patients on GLP-1s received nutritional counseling. “As appropriate pediatric use of GLP-1s becomes more widespread, we need to understand the risks during periods of rapid growth and pubertal development,” said Dr Justin Ryder, the study’s senior author and vice chair of research for the Department of Surgery at Lurie Children’s Hospital. Ryder, who is also an associate professor of surgery and pediatrics at Northwestern University, commented in a press release that the study highlights the need for proactive nutrition counseling as children are growing, as any deficiencies early in life could have lasting effects. There are also concerns about adherence to the drug regimen and long-term effects when children start so young, said Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, the unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action at WHO. He cautioned that because obesity is a long-term chronic condition, it is especially important to understand these drugs in children before recommending them. That is why the guidelines don’t focus on or recommend a specific weight loss drug. “WHO recognizes this is a rapidly evolving field,” said De Regil. Her team is monitoring data as it becomes available on long-term anti-obesity medications in children. Surgery in severe teen cases Bariatric surgery also falls under a conditional recommendation for adolescents 10-19 years old. With only a handful of studies to analyze, the team acknowledged that the balance of benefits and harms “are not entirely clear.” Again, WHO stresses that the decision to undergo an invasive surgery requires “physical and mental maturity” for those with the most severe forms of obesity. “That’s why it’s conditional,” said Dr Maria Nieves Garcia Casal, a WHO scientist in the Department of Nutrition and Food Safety. The WHO only recommends surgery for those with a Body Mass Index (BMI) for age greater than four standard deviations above the WHO growth reference median, which is a high threshold for a surgical intervention. Nutrition, exercise, mental health Ultra-processed food is a staple diet for Mexican 10-year-old Ricky and his mother, Alicia. The WHO recommends dietary interventions to manage childhood obesity. The guidelines stress that obesity management goes beyond simple weight loss, involving a combination of structured dietary, exercise, and behavior-changing interventions that work best when tailored to the individual. Digital technologies, including active video games or phone apps that encourage movement, could also help children manage their obesity, although the WHO’s recommendation is conditional as excessive screen time should be limited. The recommendations also emphasise the importance of addressing mental health alongside obesity: “Anxiety, depression, low self-esteem and emotional dysregulation can contribute to unhealthy eating behaviours, physical inactivity and social withdrawal, and children and adolescents living with obesity may experience stigma and bullying that harm their emotional well-being,” the WHO notes in a media release issued alongside the guidelines. Worrying trends in low- and middle- income countries Obesity is on the rise globally and across all regions; however, the rate of increase has mostly plateaued in developed nations, while it is increasing in low- and middle-income countries. In much of Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, Caribbean and Pacific Island nations, and South and Southeast Asia, the rate of childhood obesity is rapidly accelerating. In some countries with already high burdens of childhood obesity, like in the US and the Middle East, that rate is mostly stagnant. A Nature study published earlier this year noted that the increase in obesity rates in children is happening across regions and afflicting most low- and middle-income countries: Tanzania, Rwanda, Ethiopia, Nepal, Bangladesh, Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, and Chile all saw steady or rapid increases in the past three decades. “These highly varied dynamics suggest that the social, economic and technological trends that influence the availability, affordability and use of different foods may have helped control the rise in obesity in high-income countries,” the study authors write, “but require policy interventions in low-income and middle-income countries.” Obesity in children is accelerating most rapidly in low and middle-income countries, per a May 2026 Nature article. Prevention and treatment go ‘hand in hand’ While the guidelines focus on treating obesity in children, the WHO acknowledged the role of addressing a child’s environment, including unhealthy food options in schools, persistent marketing of unhealthy food to children, and the lack of safe places to play. Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action, argued that much of what remains outside of a child’s individual control has deep consequences for their obesity risk. These include whether a child was breastfed, their junk food marketing environment, and their school environment. “Countries need to create environments that make healthy diets and physical activity accessible and affordable, while ensuring that children and adolescents already living with obesity can access high-quality care free from stigma and discrimination,” said De Regil. “We need to prevent obesity wherever we can, and ensure that those already living with obesity receive the care and support they need.” Image Credits: Commons , WHO, UNICEF, Nature/ NCD-RisC. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed 06/10/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Felix Sassmannshausen A Chinese candidate reportedly is waiting in the wings to join the race for WHO Director General. China has nominated a prominent Chinese health official for WHO Director General in the 2027 elections, multiple diplomatic sources have confirmed to Health Policy Watch. But there are mixed reports about who that candidate actually may be. Some high-level sources have cited Song Li, a senior Chinese Communist Party official who mounted a failed bid for the post of Regional Director for WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office (WPRO) in 2023. Others, however, have denied that she is a candidate, noting that after losing the 2023 election, Beijing wants a stronger contender for a global race. Song Li, Director-General, Department of Women & Children’s Health, National Health Commission (NHC), People’s Republic of China. Either way, China’s immense and still growing geopolitical range of influence from the Western Pacific to Southeast Asia and Africa means it could mount a serious campaign that could permanently shift the delicate balance of power at the WHO following the withdrawal of the United States from the organization last year. WHO election rules hinder transparency The picture is complicated by the fact that under WHO rules, public disclosure of Song, and any other potential candidate from China or elsewhere, is only required at the end of this month, after the conclusion of the WHO European Regional Committee Meeting on 29 October, the last in the series of WHO regional conferences of member states. This is according to the WHO election process rulebook, which creates a one-month gap between the formal submission of nominations to WHO by member states and public disclosure. Six prospective candidates have already been announced on the WHO election website, as reported by Health Policy Watch after nominations formally closed on 24 September. But their names were published at the discretion of the sponsoring countries, WHO has explained. Nominations don’t have to be formally disclosed until the end of the final WHO Regional Committee meeting, according to the WHO handbook of rules, a spokesperson told Health Policy Watch. The Permanent Mission of China to the UN in Geneva did not respond to several Health Policy Watch queries about the DG nomination, sent over the past few days. Quietly professional – but still a Communist Party official Song, Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission, has sat on several WHO technical committees related to maternal and newborn health. At the time of the 2023 campaign for WPRO RD, she was described as “quietly professional” by global health veteran Mukesh Kapila, in a Health Policy Watch analysis of that election campaign. “But will China refrain from influencing her so that she can function genuinely independently? Chinese incumbents in international organisations often remain under obligation to their own authorities, and can even be summoned home if they displease their masters,” Kapila, a columnist and Health Policy Watch board member, asked at the time. ‘No surprise’ for Europeans Others are asking similar questions now. “It would come as no surprise if China were to put forward their candidate,” a senior European global health policymaker said in an interview last week with Health Policy Watch on the reports of a China candidate for DG, speaking on the margins of the European Health Forum – Gastein. “They see a chance to fill the power void that the United States has left behind.” However, the diplomat expressed doubts as to whether Beijing could mobilize sufficient votes to actually win the race. While acknowledging the risk of increased polarization within the world’s premier health agency, he described Beijing’s diplomatic approach as “very nuanced,” noting that while Europeans view China as a competitor in some areas, it’s also a partner in others. Concerns in Washington DC more likely As the US has withdrawn from WHO, China is filling the vacuum. But the prospect of a Chinese Director-General is likely to raise very different concerns in Washington as compared to Europe, says Kieran Bligh, a former WHO staff member doing doctoral studies on global health leadership at George Washington University and a Health Policy Watch fellow. “The bigger risk is that Washington vacates the space and China fills it,” he says. “The WHO could increasingly become a tool used against US interests while (Washington) has no seat at the table due to the US withdrawal from the agency.” In an early September Bligh predicted that Beijing would soon make a public move in the Director-General race, stating: “China is doing what any serious global power would do: making sure it has influence over who leads the world’s health agency.” From Asia’s Belt and Road to Central Africa A coltan mine in M-23 Rubaya, North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo. China also plays a key role in the refinement and distribution of this vital mineral. The potential for China to muster significant votes to any candidate it mounts is significant, observers say. For one thing, China has recently been appointed to the WHO Executive Board (EB) of 34 member states. China joined WHO’s EB governing body in May 2026, after securing the seat at the 2025 WPRO Regional Committee, as reported by Health Policy Watch. In February 2027, the Executive Board will select three finalists for the race – out of the bloc of declared contenders. Africa’s 54 WHO member states often vote in a bloc on many major WHO policy issues. Forty-seven African states are affiliated with WHO’s African Region, while another seven North and Horn of Africa nations are members of the Eastern Mediterranean Region of the WHO. China’s outsized financial and political influence in Africa extends everywhere on the continent. Chinese firms, for instance, control 70-80% of the copper and cobalt mining in Ebola-stricken Democratic Republic of Congo, including not only legitimate ventures but hundreds of illegal extraction sites in South Kivu province alone where impoverished African families labour. It also plays a key role in distributions of other vital minerals like coltan, critical for electronics, and for which DRC produces 40% of the worlds supply. Coltan is mined artisanally and smuggled illegally over the border to Rwanda and then onward to China and the United Arab Emirates for refining. Child laborers in one of the hundreds of illegal mines in the DRC’s South Kivu province – most of which are operated by Chinese nationals. Across the continent, China has invested nearly $200 billion in port, rail and road projects, as well as modern agrobusinesses, which it is increasingly operating as well. Local African markets are rife with cheap imports of Chinese consumer goods. China is the world’s largest official creditor and the single largest bilateral source of official-sector financing to the developing world, according to AidData. Similarly, the massive Belt and Road Initiative has extended Beijing’s economic and political influence across Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Europe and even Latin America. “Money matters,” Bligh says. “Those influences do not disappear when governments walk into a secret ballot [at the Executive Board level, or later, at the full World Health Assembly], and debt exposure can be powerful leverage.” He argues that if a Chinese candidate were to win the DG race, burning issues like the origins of the SARS-CoV2 virus would likely be buried forever, and WHO collaborations in future independent inquiries could be suppressed. To date, China has never responded to WHO requests for blood samples or genetic sequences of the virus from the first patients infected in Wuhan or detailed information about the status of animals sold at Wuhan’s wet markets – where the virus first emerged in late 2019. Nor has it provided detailed data on the research work and biosafety conditions in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. These are the two leading sources from which scientists believe the virus first began to circulate widely. Wuhan’s Huanan seafood market was shuttered early in 2020, down after COVID emerged in the vicinity. But China’s government has provided little data to WHO on the early days of the SARS-CoV2 virus circulation among animals or humans. WHO needs competent, credible leadership most of all Magda Robalo, president and co-founder of The Institute for Global Health and Development (IGHD), prefers to see the glass half full rather than empty. “Supporters might argue this reflects the growing importance of Asian economies in global health. Critics might worry about political influence over sensitive issues involving transparency, disease reporting, or geopolitical disputes,” the former Guinea-Bissau Minister of Health told Health Policy Watch. “WHO needs a competent, credible and strong leader, able to build consensus among its 194 member states and reform WHO to focus on science, its core strengths and functions, irrespective of nationality or sex,” she said. “One cannot ignore the fact that current geopolitical tension, mistrust, fragmentation and erosion of multilateralism will certainly increase scrutiny on candidates’ ties and citizenship. A Chinese DG candidate could be seen by some countries as reinforcing China’s influence in international institutions. Health is political after all.” “[But] China has significantly expanded its role in global health over the past two decades through investments in health systems, disease surveillance, vaccine production, and health aid, particularly in Africa and Asia,” she concluded. Already the largest WHO contributor and heading FAO Dongyu Qu – FAO DG: ‘ We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights.’ Long overshadowed by high-income WHO member states in the Americas, Europe and Asia, China is today WHO’s largest state contributor in terms of assessed dues, paying the sum of $137.8 million in 2026. At the 2025 Assembly, Vice-Premier Liu Guozhong pledged an additional $500 million over five years, with a line aimed at Washington: “The world is now facing the impacts of unilateralism and power politics.” However, the WHO notes that the pledged additional amount is still “to be confirmed”. The US, meanwhile, owes $280.9 million in membership arrears and faces suspension of its vote at the very Assembly that will elect the next DG. China already holds the top job at another major UN specialized agency. Dongyu Qu, a Chinese national nominated by Beijing, has served as Director-General of the UN Food and Agriculture Organization since 2019 and is now in his second term. Dongyu recently came under fire for his scathing comments about other senior FAO officials “playing the game of human rights” at the Rome-based agency. “We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights,” he was filmed saying at a recent FAO assembly. “Of course, human rights is very important. But we have the human rights agency in Geneva. If you want to take care of that, go there.” Aside from Dongyu’s views, the fact that he holds the DG position at a UN agency is an informal barrier to a Chinese nominee winning the election for WHO DG, as countries have typically preferred that powerful leadership roles are distributed amongst UN member states, rather than concentrated with one nation. Meanwhile, the secrecy surrounding the definitive list of candidates also opens the way for a closet game of poker, in which a country with an undisclosed candidate could potentially leverage commitments from one of the other, publicly declared competitors for post-election policies or appointments in exchange for withdrawing quietly from the race. Not the first time China has held senior leadership roles at WHO Dr Margaret Chan, WHO Director General from 2006-2016 But this would not at all be the first time that senior posts were awarded based on nationalities and not only competencies. In fact, a DG’s appointments of his or her Assistant Directors Generals and other senior managers are often payback for support received during the campaign. It would not be the first time, at all, that a Chinese national held a senior position at WHO. From May 2023 – Jun 2025, Ailan Li served as an Assistant Director-General, Universal Health Coverage, Healthier Populations under Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. Following the 2025 WHO budget crisis leading to staff reductions, Li’s position was eliminated. She is now the WHO Representative to Thailand. Moreover, a Chinese national, Margaret Chan, first elected in November 2006 and holding the Director General’s post from 2007 to 2017, the first ever to do so. But Chan was a native of Hong Kong and a senior health official there during the first SARS outbreak – a period that preceded China’s brutal 2020 crackdown on dissent, Hong Kong’s free media and its semi-autonomous governance, which the island had seen since 1997. Chan was also a dual Canadian national. Secrecy adds to potential leverage against other candidates The candidacy of any high-level member of the Chinese Communist Party, if it were to materialize, would still be unprecedented in terms of the level and scope of influence it would open up to Beijing. Equally unprecedented is the amount of leverage that a shadow candidate nominated by Beijing or by any other member state could wield on other DG competitors, between now and the end of the month, when full disclosure will be required by the WHO rules. The technical loophole that has emerged, therefore, is in how the horses leave the gate. This is a muddy start to a race that most global health pundits describe as a crossroads that could determine the very survival of WHO as a robust, independent global health entity in the UN family. Correction: an earlier version of this story said that Margaret Chan was WHO Director General from 2006-2016, when in fact she was elected in November, 2006 but only took over the position in 2007, serving until 2017. Image Credits: Wikipedia Commons, WHO, ©The Rudin Group , MONUSCO/Sylvain Liechti, Harvard-Kennedy School, Deutsche Welle. Extreme Heat Is Making Pregnancy More Dangerous for Mothers and Newborns 06/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Extreme heat is raising the risks of pregnancy and early infancy as the world warms. Health advocates are pushing to make mothers and newborns a priority at COP31. Nearly three in four maternal healthcare workers say extreme heat-related complications among pregnant women have increased over the past five years, according to a five-country survey released as climate ministers gathered in Fiji for the last major meeting before COP31. The poll of 1,001 obstetricians, midwives, nurses and other maternity staff in Australia, Brazil, India, the UK and Zimbabwe, commissioned by Wellcome Trust, found 73% had seen more heat-related cases or complications in pregnant women. Another 76% reported an increase in foetal or newborn health issues. “Midwives and doctors from countries across five continents are telling us that extreme heat is affecting the health of pregnant women and newborn babies,” said Julia Gillard, Wellcome’s chair and a former Australian prime minister. “No woman should have to fear that extreme heat will harm the baby she is carrying.” Almost all respondents said they had personally cared for a pregnant woman (98%) or a baby (99%) whose health they believed extreme heat had harmed, and 92% said they wanted more training and resources to protect pregnant women during extreme heat. The findings were launched on Monday at the opening of Wellcome’s Birthright campaign in Fiji, on the first day of the pre-COP ministerial meeting, where UN climat chief Simon Stiell warned that “pregnancy and birth are now a new fault line in the global climate crisis.” “Climate-driven extreme heat during pregnancy is increasingly linked to premature birth, stillbirth, low birth weight, and maternal complications,” Stiell said. “A changing climate must never be accepted as a reason pregnancy and birth become less safe.” “Pregnancy should be a time of hope,” he added. “But for millions, it is becoming a time of anxiety, as climate impacts fill everyday life with risk.” Over half of respondents (55%) said clearer national or international guidance would help them provide better care. Wellcome is calling on the World Health Organization (WHO) to produce its first clinical guideline on heat, pregnancy and the postpartum period, and on governments to write pregnant women and newborns into their national climate and health plans. “As the planet continues to heat up because of anthropogenic climate change, more mothers and babies will be put at risk,” said Gillard. “Extreme heat is an invisible killer, but pregnant women must not be invisible.” Pressure on maternity services Mothers and their newborns will face higher risks as the planet continues to warm, driving extreme heat to new levels. About a quarter of respondents, 23%, had seen pregnancy complications requiring additional monitoring or treatment that they linked to extreme heat. Among newborns, 36% reported dehydration or heat-related illness, 34% low birth weight or restricted growth and 33% difficulties with feeding, breathing or regulating body temperature. Over a quarter (27%) said heat is making it harder for pregnant women and their families to travel to or reach care, while 29% reported a rise in urgent or emergency presentations. Some 28% said they had struggled to store medicines, supplies or equipment safely, and 24% had dealt with interruptions to electricity, water or cooling. Health workers in Zimbabwe reported the sharpest rise, with 85% saying heat-related complications in pregnant women had increased, compared with 79% in Australia, 74% in Brazil, 66% in the UK and 62% in India. The poll, run online by Censuswide between 17 September and 1 October, records what health workers say they have seen rather than clinical case records. Wellcome’s methodology notes the results are unweighted, not nationally representative and do not establish that heat caused individual complications. None of the five countries surveyed is classed as low-income by the World Bank, yet pregnancy is already far deadlier in the poorest countries. About 260,000 women died during or after pregnancy and childbirth in 2023, according to WHO, and roughly 70% of those deaths occurred in sub-Saharan Africa. A woman in a low-income country faces a one in 66 lifetime risk of dying from maternal causes, compared with one in 7,933 in a high-income country, leaving the world far off track for its 2030 target. In sub-Saharan Africa, a 15-year-old girl faces a one in 40 lifetime risk of dying from a maternal cause, according to UN estimates for 2020. Almost 95% of maternal deaths that year occurred in low- and lower-middle-income countries, while 73 countries, most of them in Europe or Latin America and the Caribbean, were estimated to have 20 or fewer maternal deaths. Yet a 2025 review of 83 heat-health action plans from 24 countries found none from low-income economies. Only 52% named pregnant women as an at-risk group, 39% newborns and 14% postpartum or breastfeeding women. “We already know many of the solutions to protect people, from early warning systems to cooler buildings,” said Madeleine Thomson, Wellcome’s head of climate impacts and adaptation. The challenge, she added, is reaching “those who need them most.” A test of climate action Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, called addressing the impacts of extreme heat on newborns and pregnant women “a new fault line” in the climate fight. Ministers from more than 50 countries are meeting in Nadi until Thursday, with a leaders’ event in Tuvalu, in the last major round of talks before COP31 opens in Antalya, Türkiye, on 9 November. Speaking at the Birthright launch, Stiell said advice to stay cool offers little to women with “no cool place to go,” and that safe childbirth already depends heavily on geography, income and access to care. “Without action, extreme heat will widen that injustice.” His three priorities for governments are: writing pregnancy and newborn care into national adaptation, health and heat plans; turning evidence into protection through guidance, training and heat alerts; and collecting better data. “Harm that is not counted is too easily ignored,” he said, adding that governments need data to track where the risks are rising, who is most exposed, which protections work and where finance and technology should go. Stiell tied the issue to the fight over adaptation finance, urging governments to deliver on commitments made at COP30 in Belém, and pointed to the Belém Adaptation Indicators and Gender Action Plan as ways to measure climate-related health risks. “A newborn’s healthy start must never depend on a family’s ability to escape the heat,” he said. Türkiye’s presidency has made “Dynamic and Resilient Health Systems” one of 10 priority themes on its COP31 Action Agenda, and the summit will open with a dedicated Health Day. That agenda is voluntary, however, and health has no standalone item in the negotiations. Its foothold in the formal text runs through the Global Goal on Adaptation, under which countries adopted 59 indicators at COP30, eight of them on health. Record heat, rising risks The survey follows a northern summer in which 33 countries recorded their hottest July on record, according to an AFP analysis of Copernicus data. The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration found July 2026 tied with July 2024 as the hottest on record globally. Last year’s Lancet Countdown estimated that there were 546,000 heat-related deaths per year over the most recent decade, and found that 84% of heatwave days between 2020 and 2024 would not have occurred without climate change. A 2024 meta-analysis of 198 studies across 66 countries found the odds of preterm birth rose 4% for every 1°C increase in heat exposure and 26% during heatwaves. The odds of obstetric complications rose 25% during heatwaves. “With El Niño pushing temperatures higher, the failure to act is costing lives,” said Thomson. “Extreme heat, fuelled by climate change is impacting our way of life and our health – and yet many countries are not prepared.” Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts
BREAKING: China Confirms Song Li’s WHO Leadership Bid, Reshuffling Race Amidst Fraught Multilateral Landscape 08/10/2026 Felix Sassmannshausen Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Mao Ning briefing reporters in Beijing, where she confirmed Song Li’s nomination and reiterated China’s commitment to multilateralism. Beijing confirmed the nomination of National Health Commission official Dr Song Li for WHO Director-General on Thursday (8 October). The move expands the candidate field to seven amidst severe geopolitical ruptures shaking up the agency, with experts warning this move could further heighten superpower tensions. In announcing the bid, Chinese officials framed the candidacy around global solidarity and strengthening multilateralism. “China’s decision to nominate Dr Song Li reflects China’s aspiration to work for a global community of health for all and demonstrates China’s firm support for multilateralism,” Foreign Ministry spokesperson Mao Ning told reporters during a press briefing in response to a question by Reuters. Song was nominated by the People’s Republic of China as WHO DG candidate. “If elected, it will help the WHO play a more positive role in promoting the health and wellbeing of all humanity,” she added. Until late last month, Song served as Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission. She is a physician-scientist trained at Peking University and Harvard, bringing over two decades of experience in maternal policy, epidemic response, and WHO technical advisory groups. Observers note Song’s technical focus contrasts with established ministerial and diplomatic figures in the race. Song bid spotlights China’s financial weight China ranks fourth in overall WHO funding for 2026-2027 at $320 million, due to the size of its mandatory assessed dues rather than voluntary contributions. Song’s nomination by the People’s Republic of China comes as WHO manages massive budget cuts following the declared withdrawal of the United States in January 2025. Owing $280.9 million in unpaid arrears, WHA member states did not formally recognize the move at the May 2026 World Health Assembly. But due to the unpaid dues, the US still faces the suspension of its voting rights at the 2027 World Health Assembly when the next WHO Director-General will be elected. Global health policy experts observe that Beijing aims to fill the leadership void left by Washington’s withdrawal. According to official numbers on the WHO website, China’s total projected financial contribution to the WHO for the 2026-2027 biennium stands at $320 million through August, making it the largest state contributor in terms of assessed funding after the US withdrawal. Among state donors, China’s funding is exceptionally concentrated in mandatory assessed dues, contrasting with traditional high-income donors from Europe, the Americas and western Asia, which distribute significant portions of their funding across core voluntary, thematic, and specified voluntary channels. When compared against other major contributors, China ranks as the fourth-largest overall donor to the WHO, trailing only the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the European Commission, and the World Bank, while sitting ahead of the United Kingdom, the GAVI Alliance, and Germany. While European Union Member States hold 27 votes in the WHA, the EU is not likely to vote en bloc, and two European nominees in the race could split their support. Health Policy Watch reached out to the WHO asking to confirm the nomination and whether China had paid its dues for 2026 in full, but did not receive a response ahead of publication. High geopolitical stakes for WHO Lawrence Gostin doesn’t see a global appetite for a Chinese DG candidate. One leading US global health expert voiced serious doubts that a Chinese candidacy will indeed shake up the final race because of the high geopolitical stakes for the WHO. “In the aftermath of COVID-19, I do not think there is a global appetite for a Chinese candidate for WHO Director-General,” Lawrence Gostin, professor of global health law at Georgetown University, told Health Policy Watch. “A Chinese candidate would heighten geopolitical tensions, putting the WHO in a difficult and vulnerable position,” Gostin added. “It would also make rejoining the WHO far more difficult for the US, even under a Democratic administration.” The friction stems from increased geopolitical competition between the two superpowers and a lingering political fallout over COVID-19 transparency and initial outbreak reporting. Gostin noted that bipartisan opposition in Washington and a lack of civil society support create formidable hurdles for Song across both North America and Europe. European reactions, however, remain more divided. While one senior European official warned that a successful Chinese bid would test the WHO’s fundamental legitimacy and independence, others were less alarmist, noting that Beijing’s diplomacy remains “very nuanced” and that China is viewed in Europe as a partner as well as a competitor. Besides geopolitical scrutiny, China’s candidacy also faces structural UN hurdles regarding geographic distribution. With Dr Margaret Chan, a dual Canadian and Chinese national from Hong Kong, having served two terms as WHO Director-General from 2007 to 2017 and the Chinese national Qu Dongyu currently heading the Food and Agriculture Organization, member states may resist concentrating more UN agency leadership into the hands of one country. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed Note: This piece has been updated regarding Song’s position, Dr Margaret Chan’s term dates, and WHO budget cycle data. Image Credits: Ministry of Foreign Affairs People’s Republic of China, WHO, WHO/HPW. EXCLUSIVE: One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients: After Stepping Back from the WHO Race, What I Stand For in the AI Society – Jiho Cha’s Story 08/10/2026 Jiho Cha Jiho Cha, the Korean parliamentarian who is not running for WHO Director General I sought to lead the World Health Organization (WHO) because the rules of intelligence are becoming the rules of health. My name will not be on the ballot. The responsibility remains. I will now work to organise the political and economic power needed to put intelligence at the service of humanity – and to keep it from turning against us. Nominations for the next WHO Director-General closed on 24 September. Seven names are on the list. Mine is not. Those who received me as a candidate this summer deserve more than a sentence. The short version is that I chose a task I judged more urgent than the leadership of any single institution. The longer version is this essay, because the vision was never about me, and the question at its centre still awaits an answer from any of the six. The question is simple to state, and it has been asked of every technology that has ever entered the clinic. The global health architecture is about to acquire a new layer of intelligence. For whom will it work, and under whose control? And, more urgently now: who will keep it from turning against us? What the field taught me: Social, political and intelligence determinants of health Access to nutritious, fresh foods, a critical determinant of health. I came to that question slowly, through two kinds of work that rarely speak to each other. More than 20 years ago, my first humanitarian posting as a physician was at Hanawon, the centre where people who have escaped North Korea spend their first months in the South. For three years I examined people who had crossed borders on foot and spent years in hiding. They arrived with tuberculosis and trauma, and with structural violence that had settled into the body. But my clinic was the end of their illness’s story, not its beginning. The social conditions that had made them ill lay years upstream: a famine that was political before it was agricultural, borders that turned flight into a crime, a stateless existence in which seeing a doctor meant risking deportation. What I treated were the sediments of a social order – the social determinants of health, arriving one body at a time. With Médecins Sans Frontières, I followed those conditions back to their source: the borderlands people had fled, and later, with other humanitarian colleagues, to the Kashmir earthquake, the jungles of Papua New Guinea, and the refugee camps of the Democratic Republic of Congo. There I learned a lesson the textbooks phrase too politely. Illness in a crisis is rarely an accident of biology. It is the body’s registration of decisions made elsewhere. A woman denied even refugee status turns to a trafficker not because she misjudges the risk, but because every legal door has closed and return is the one certainty she cannot survive. The well-meaning people in white vehicles – I was one of them – too often arrive without the history that made the poverty they came to relieve, mistaking colonial residue for local misfortune. Twenty years later, the citizens of Osan, a working city south of Seoul, sent me to the National Assembly, and there I learned the other half of the story. I watched the grief of Itaewon, where 159 people died in a single night, bent to political need and then erased. I watched the martial law decree of 3 December 2024 outlaw the Assembly in one clause and order striking doctors back to their wards in another – one text aimed at legislators like me and physicians like me. And on the presidential campaign and the National Planning Committee, among the few who write national strategy, I learned how a line in my policy book becomes a ministry – or quietly a footnote no one answers for. Behind every failure of health care I had witnessed stood not a shortage but a choice: a political determinant. Power decides not only who is treated, but who is recognised as ill, and who has the power to judge whether or what treatment is provided. ‘Intelligence’ – the determinant behind the determinants Meeting a child waste picker in Cambodia. Between the social and political determinants, a third took shape, and it ran deeper than either. The resource on which health systems have depended longest, and which they have distributed most unequally, is neither medicine nor money. It is human judgement: the capacity to recognise who is ill, to decide what should be done, and to act. I call the conditions that govern the social distribution of that judgement the intelligence determinants of health. Across much of the world, a single nurse makes the decisions on which 10,000 lives may depend, with no one to consult and no second opinion within a day’s travel. Economists, scientists and policy experts are distributed across the world just as unevenly, and that distribution may itself be a determinant of the social and political conditions I had spent 20 years treating – the determinant beneath the determinants. For the first time, a machine can carry a part of that judgement to places it has never reached. Governments and companies will decide within the next few years whether it reaches that nurse or only the hospitals that can pay – and they will decide much of it in private contracts whose terms no one outside the signing room will ever read: an old pattern in a new form, the determinants of health settled where the people they determine cannot see. What I stood for: Climate, Health, and AI Global AI hub launch in Seoul, Korea in May 2026 I wanted WHO to write the rules for this emerging layer of intelligence before the market did. In an emergency, the interval between a need and a standard is filled by whoever arrives first. WHO is the one institution every health ministry listens to, but the distance between a principle agreed in Geneva and a contract signed in a ministry is where the future of health care is being settled. For a decade, since AlphaGo defeated the world’s best Go player,Lee Sedol, born on my mother’s island, I have worked on this new layer of intelligence from the outside: on AI-augmented health systems for low-resource settings, and more recently on Korea’s new societal model, the “AI Universal Basic Society” (AI UBS), which treats intelligence as public infrastructure for essential services, beginning with health care. In May, nine UN agencies including WHO, launched the Global AI Hub, a shared operational campus of the UN system, and in September Korea put both proposals before the General Assembly. But WHO itself was not moving at the speed the moment demanded. Member states cut its base budget for 2026–27 from $5.3 billion to $4.2 billion, and development assistance for health fell to its lowest level in roughly 15 years. An organisation that has lost a fifth of its budget and many of its ablest people does not run towards new fields; it defends the ones it has. Meanwhile the largest technology companies were signing national-scale agreements for health and education, most on undisclosed terms. So I did what a physician does when a referral is taking too long. I went to the patient myself. In July, I declared. The core of my policy manifesto, One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients, is a single proposition: Universal Intelligence Coverage (UIC) for health. Universal health coverage asks whether people can receive care without being ruined by the cost. UIC asks whether judgement – human, machine or both – reaches everyone, and who answers when it fails. I proposed a “1.5-tier” model of primary health care: frontline workers equipped with AI decision support and supervised remotely by human professionals, with responsibility for diagnosis and treatment kept firmly with people. Climate finance was the second strand. Less than 1% of it reaches health. I argued that a climate-resilient health system is itself a frontline mechanism of adaptation, and proposed that WHO use the Green Climate Fund accreditation it secured this year to channel roughly $1 billion into primary care without drawing a dollar from its shrinking core budget. The larger point was about dependence. Global health has run for decades on voluntary, earmarked money from a handful of governments, and the past two years have shown how quickly that base erodes when one of them turns inward. Blended finance is the way out: climate financing anchoring the public health layer, the private capital now pouring into the AI transition financing the intelligence layer above it, and public terms binding both to public goals. Over 10 weeks I took these ideas to three continents – Africa, Asia and Europe – and to the leaders of their regional organisations. What we built together rests on one principle: regional health sovereignty – a decolonised global health architecture, powered by a new layer of intelligence and a new mechanism of finance. In Africa, it is “African AI for African health”, running on African infrastructure and answering to African law. In the Pacific Islands it is the “Pacific AI Initiative”, a regional platform for climate-resilient health systems. All want to build, not merely to buy. African AI needs to run on African infrastructure and answer to African law. After stepping back I believe the diagnosis was right and the prescription was ready. I had been nominated by the Parliament as a WHO candidate for DG. But at the last minute, circumstances changed. The responsibility now passes to one of the other seven candidates, and I wish each of them well. Whoever becomes Director-General will find in me a partner. But the campaign taught me something I had not fully grasped when it began. Meeting heads of government, frontier researchers and leaders of AI and biotechnology companies, I heard the same assessment with increasing frequency: the convergence of autonomous AI and biotechnology is entering a stage at which it could generate an existential threat of a new kind: a pandemic made by humans and machines together. The frontier laboratories now say so themselves: by their own published assessments, their latest models have reached the thresholds at which they could materially assist biological misuse, and the companies that build them ask publicly to be regulated. A risk I had been warning about for years was arriving far faster than I had expected. The window is closing: capability is advancing by the quarter, public control by the decade. These are not two separate agendas. Bringing validated intelligence to a rural clinic and keeping unvalidated intelligence from harming the world are two answers to the same question – for whom, and under whose control, does intelligence work? But this answer lies beyond WHO’s reach. Responding to a pandemic, whatever its origin, is WHO’s mandate. Governing the roots of this risk – the race in frontier AI and its fusion with biotechnology – belongs to no institution at all. As with the nuclear competition of the last century, the world has no mechanism to slow a race centred on the United States and China, and the voice of industry overwhelms that of states. The world has visions and forums enough; it has no institution and no budget line for the AI society that is already arriving. What it does have is the makings of a coalition. The Global South champions and the middle powers that hold technology and finance can, together, assemble the strength to shape that AI society. I have concluded that this work was more urgent than any position in any organisation. Over these months, leaders serving and former – in governments, international organisations, the media and academia – reached the same conclusion and asked me to help convene such a coalition. I In my own country, the expectation came from the highest level of government. I chose it. A humanitarian learns early to go not where the doctors already are, but where there are none. The WHO post will be well filled; this work was more pressing, and almost no one was standing in line for it. What I will do at the existential crossroads of the AI society I will organise a global coalition to become an AI buyer, with the power to negotiate, purchase, legislate and govern. Most proposals for AI governance begin with visions and institutions. I have sat in enough of those rooms to know how slowly they fill. Mine begins with a buyer – and in a market of scattered ministries, a buyer first has to be assembled. In a revolution led by private actors, the power a public actor can use fastest is to decide what it buys and on what terms. Outside the few countries that build the intelligence infrastructure itself, the Global North will mostly use AI to replace human labour in systems that already exist, and substitution alone does not make a new economy. In the Global South, the need has always outrun the supply–the clinic without a doctor, the classroom without a teacher, the household without a bank–and intelligence that can finally meet it creates a new economy rather than replacing one: a trillion-dollar market in which the buyer, not the supplier, should set the terms–and no one has yet organised a hundred fragmented buyers into one. That is the work I will do, and the order is the strategy. Ask industry to regulate itself before you hold any market leverage, and the rules it writes will hold you. I will organise a coalition that can negotiate, purchase and legislate, govern–in that order. First, a Planetary Intelligence Network, solidarity for sovereignty. Sovereignty over intelligence will not be won one ministry at a time; only a network of leaders who can decide can build it. I will convene it within months, not years. Any leader who shares these concerns – sovereignty over external intelligence, existential risk – has a seat. This is a network, not a bloc, and its first effect is simple: ministries that have always faced the same supplier alone begin to negotiate as one. Second, New 3 by 5, collective purchasing power. Twenty years ago, Dr Lee Jong-wook set the world a target he called 3 by 5: three million people on HIV treatment by 2005. I propose a new 3 by 5: three million AI-augmented primary health care (PHC) workers within five years. We will augment first the community health workers, nurses and clinical officers who provide most first-contact care, raising their clinical and epidemiological capability toward that of a primary care physician, under remote human supervision. This is physician-level judgement arriving in three million places that have never had it. Connected across a continent, AI-augmented PHCs become a connected health system and pandemic preparedness–and a single buyer large enough to set terms. If a pandemic made by humans and machines ever begins, its first case will present not to a frontier lab but to one of them. Access and early warning are one investment. Third, a Public Intelligence Compact, collective regulating power. A buyer of that size can set terms. The Compact is one set of conditions for any system that shapes a decision about a person in a public service: independent validation, data management under national law, continuity of service, the right to audit, transparent pricing. As a declaration, these are pieties; as a procurement rule, they are the law of the market. The Compact is neutral as to flag: any company that meets the terms is welcome. Sovereignty means a country can choose, question, change and, when necessary, leave the systems it uses. Its companion I call Firebreak – the line a fire does not cross. We cannot put out the fire of frontier development, but we buy the very models that could start one, and a buyer can set conditions today: no DNA synthesis order unscreened, no model in a public service unevaluated, no incident unreported. The Compact is the first line of defence, Firebreak the last, and the three million workers watching for the first spark are the sensors in between. Fourth, a Public Intelligence Foundation and Existential Risk Council, a blended governance. This step evolves with purchasing power and regulating power. The Foundation is a shared operational platform with the global AI companies that will translate private AI back into public intelligence on the Compact’s terms. Beside it, and firewalled from it, stands the Existential Risk Council, independent of the foundation’s money, because a body that depends on industry cannot also judge its dangers. It will make independent evaluation of existential risks such as biological misuse–with incident reporting and synthesis screening–the price of entry for every model and the laboratory that trained it. The council will define itself against no state. None of this replaces the United Nations. The network brings will, leverage and pace; the UN brings implementation and universality–the Global AI Hub’s agencies beyond health, and WHO for the clinical standard, which we will adopt, not rival. I know how this fails: a foundation captured by its funders, pilots that vanish with the donor cycle, and the oldest failure of all–help that arrives without asking the people it is for. That is the work I am committing to lead. Eight billion for one patient. Jiho Cha is a humanitarian physician, global health scholar and Member of the National Assembly of the Republic of Korea, and co-chairs the Lancet Commission on Sea-Level Rise, Health, and Justice. For two decades, he has worked with marginalised populations in the Middle East, Africa and Asia, and with the displaced people caught between them. He was Professor of Humanitarian Studies at the University of Manchester and of AI and Future Strategy at KAIST, and designed Korea’s AI Universal Basic Society framework and the Global AI Hub, a joint campus of nine UN agencies. His policy manifesto, One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients, was prepared for his candidacy for WHO Director-General. The views expressed are his own. Image Credits: Jiho Cha, Ron Lach via Pexels. WHO Asks Russia for More Information About Death of Plague Unit Employee 07/10/2026 Kerry Cullinan Dr Tedros addressing the media briefing. The World Health Organization (WHO) has asked the Russian government for more information about the death of an employee at a Siberian plague research unit, including details about the laboratory tests conducted on her, the WHO Director-General told a media briefing on Thursday. The WHO has also asked Russia for more details about the public health measures it has imposed, the health status of the woman’s contacts, and whether a second employee has been infected with “pneumonia of undetermined cause”, said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. This follows reports on Monday of the death of a 27-year-old female employee at the Irkutsk Anti-plague Research Institute of Siberia and the Far East – possibly of pneumonic plague. The employee was hospitalised at Shelekhov Hospital on 29 September with symptoms of pneumonia, placed on a ventilator and died a few days later, according to media reports. Tedros said that the WHO had sent queries to Russia on Saturday, and received a report on Wednesday that “no case of plague had recently been reported in the Irkutsk Oblast” where the research unit is, and that they had “placed about 200 [of the woman’s] contacts in quarantine”. WHO has also offered Russia technical support related to “plague and lab biosafety and biosecurity”, Tedros said, adding that “we don’t yet have the full picture of this event, and we are not able to conduct a full risk assessment”. Broken test tube? Dr Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO director of epidemic and pandemic management. Some media reports say the employee died after breaking a test tube in the laboratory, but Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO director of Epidemic and Pandemic Management, said that employees working in such laboratories would wear personal protective equipment (PPE) and be vaccinated against various diseases. “We are following up on what type of PPE would be used, and under which conditions? What were they doing with these pathogens?” said Van Kerkhove. “If there was a lab incident in this lab, there are procedures that must be followed in terms of the assessment that they do in the lab. There would be post-exposure prophylaxis, for example, for this individual. They would probably run tests, so there’s more to come as it relates to what actually happened,” she explained. “What we have been told is that [Russia] has no case of plague registered in this area, and that no high threat pathogens were detected. So clearly, we would like more information to understand which laboratory tests were conducted, which pathogens were evaluated, and if this individual didn’t die from plague, then then how did she die?” Van Kerkhove added. Plague is a severe, life-threatening infection caused by the bacterium Yersinia pestis and there are two types: bubonic and pneumonic. However, Van Kerkhove said there are thousands of cases of suspected plague every year around the world: “Between 2019 to 2025, 10 countries reported almost 4,000 suspected human plague cases and 423 deaths.” Central Asia is the hot spot, and people are infected by bacteria carried by small rodents. “Sometimes there are small, sporadic outbreaks. Plague is caused by a bacteria. There are antibiotics that can treat this. So if anyone does have an infection with plague, it can be treated.” International Health Regulations requirements In terms of the International Health Regulations (IHR), WHO member states are legally obliged to assess public health risks and notify the WHO of any event that may constitute a public health emergency of international concern (PHEIC) within 24 hours of assessment. Although the WHO submitted its queries to Russia in terms of the IHR on Saturday, it took the government more than three days to respond. Dr Silvio Ciobanu from WHO’s European region and an IHR expert said countries have to answer four key questions in terms of the IHR: “How severe is the public health impact? Is it unusual and expected? Does it pose a risk of international spread? And does it pose a risk of trade or travel restrictions?” Ciobanu added that the IHR are “very explicit that a response is expected within 24 hours, and then after that, state parties may require a little bit of extra time to collect all the additional information”. Less Than 1% of International Development Finance Targets Air Pollution 07/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Thick smog blankets the skyline of Bangkok, Thailand. International development lenders committed $4.7 billion in 2024 to projects aimed explicitly at reducing air pollution, less than 1% of all international development finance, according to an annual analysis published Tuesday by the Clean Air Fund (CAF). That was up 58% from $3.0 billion in 2023, nearly matching the 2022 peak of $4.8 billion. A broader measure, which also counts projects where cleaner air is a co- benefit, fell 6% to $28.7 billion, the first annual decline in five years. Five of the ten most polluted countries got less than $2 per citizen, and most of the money came in the form of loans, the analysis found. Air pollution causes 7.9 million premature deaths a year, nine in ten of them in low- and middle-income countries, according to Health Effects Institute figures. It costs the equivalent of nearly 5% of global GDP, the World Bank estimates, and targeted policies could halve the number of people exposed to dangerous levels by 2040, with economic benefits of up to $2.4 trillion. “Funding remains worryingly low, concentrated on a limited number of places, and misaligned with countries facing the greatest burden,” said Sean Maguire, executive director for strategic partnerships at CAF. Top 10 polluted countries and their total air quality funding, 2024. The data analysed stops in 2024, before the largest annual drop in development aid on record hit the following year. Development assistance for health fell by more than a fifth in 2025, to $39.1 billion, its lowest level in over 15 years, according to estimates by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). US health aid fell 67%. Even before the cuts, air pollution drew little donor money relative to its toll, compared with causes such as food security, humanitarian relief or climate finance. Foundations gave it less than 0.1% of their global giving between 2019 and 2023, a separate CAF analysis found. “Recent gains remain fragile,” the report says. “The challenge is whether these gains can be sustained and scaled amid shrinking aid budgets.” The CAF report, produced with Climate Policy Initiative (CPI), tracks 2020-2024 commitments by development banks and donor governments. It excludes domestic budgets and private finance, and nearly nine in ten dollars it counts are loans. “With development budgets under growing pressure, clean air objectives must be built into wider development investment, so every dollar works harder and delivers benefits for health, climate and economies at the same time,” Maguire said. Most polluted countries left behind South Asia receives nearly a third of all air quality funding (2020-2024). Pakistan, Nepal, Myanmar, Cameroon and the Democratic Republic of Congo, five of the world’s ten most polluted countries, each received less than $2 per person in air quality funding in 2024. India, the second most polluted, was the exception, drawing 19% of all air quality funding that year. “Air quality funding is not going where pollution exposure and health risks are greatest,” Maguire said. Pakistan, ranked third for exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5), received about 3 cents per person. Between 2020 and 2024, it received $1.7 billion in what CAF calls fossil fuel-prolonging funding, nearly three times the $0.6 billion it received for all air quality projects combined. Bangladesh, the most polluted country in the ranking, was the largest recipient of fossil fuel-prolonging funding over the five years, at $3.7 billion. Bangladesh’s fossil fuel funding fell 96% in 2024, to $113 million, the report found. Over the five years, it received $7.8 billion in air quality funding. “Our analysis shows that money is not yet consistently following need, and that countries facing some of the highest pollution levels often have the least access to finance,” said Barbara Buchner, chief executive of CPI. A wide tent for what counts as clean air funding Projects that make no mention of air quality made up 84% of the air quality funding CAF counted in 2024. CAF and CPI find these co-benefit projects through keyword searches of project descriptions in OECD and development bank data, projecting a clean air benefit from the type of project. The methodology captures investments in public transportation like buses, railways and metro lines, wastewater plants and networks, solid waste, household energy efficiency, food waste and soil health. It does not check whether individual projects actually cut pollution. Transport accounted for 62% of all air quality funding over the five years, with railways and public transport alone making up $53 billion. Two loans worth $5 billion for a high-speed rail line between Mumbai and Ahmedabad made up 14% of South Asia’s air quality funding. “Investment in railways, public transport and cleaner mobility is demonstrating how better connectivity and economic development can go hand in hand with cleaner air,” said Fu Lu, CAF’s regional director for Southeast Asia. “We need these benefits to be shared by many more people and places.” Because co-benefit funding tracks wider lending for transport and infrastructure, its growth provides only mixed signals about whether funders are prioritizing clean air specifically. Total air quality funding, co-benefit projects included, has held at 5.6% of international development funding across the last two five-year periods, while the outdoor share slipped from 0.8% to 0.7%. The narrower outdoor category leans on similar projects. Under the keyword rules CAF published last year, a transport or water project counts as explicit clean air funding if its description also mentions air, health or exposure. Ten projects made up 53% of outdoor funding over 2020-2024, seven of them rail or public transport, mostly metro lines. CAF itself found “no structural shift towards explicitly targeting air quality improvements” over the medium term. Loans dominate co-benefit finance Loans made up 89% of the $124.6 billion in air quality funding between 2020 and 2024, about $110 billion. Grants accounted for 7.7%. Co-benefit projects, which make no mention of air quality, made up $108.7 billion of the total. Concessional funding fell from $19 billion to $12 billion, while non-concessional funding rose from $12 billion to $17 billion, 58% of the total. Concessional loans carry below-market interest but still have to be repaid. In 2024, the balance tipped further toward market-rate lending. In CAF’s figures, which follow OECD aid classifications, concessional finance counts as aid, and aid budgets are shrinking, with the OECD projecting a further 5.8% drop in 2026. The reliance on loans in the donor landscape may put air quality funding beyond reach for countries already carrying heavy debts, according to CAF’s analysis. Official development assistance from OECD donors fell 23.1% in real terms in 2025, to $174.3 billion, according to preliminary OECD data, as the United States cut its aid by 56.9%. Across the global South, debt service is absorbing 45% of government revenue in 2025 and exceeds combined spending on education, health and social protection by 20%, according to Development Finance International’s Debt Service Watch. A narrow measure of fossil fuel finance About $1.2 trillion is expected to flow into oil, gas and coal in 2026, according to the International Energy Agency’s annual investment report. Governments plan to produce 120% more fossil fuels in 2030 than would be consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C, according to the 2025 Production Gap Report. The International Monetary Fund puts explicit fossil fuel subsidies at $725 billion in 2024. Implicit subsidies, three-quarters of them the unpriced cost of air pollution and climate damage, add $6.7 trillion. Removing both would mean 1.1 million fewer premature deaths from air pollution, the IMF estimates. Against those sums, the report counted $4.7 billion in what it calls fossil fuel-prolonging development finance in 2024, down 48% from 2023, and said that put it level with outdoor air quality funding. The report counts only international public development finance recorded in OECD data, and only projects that build polluting assets, such as power plants, pipelines and airports, or that promote polluting activities. Private banks, domestic state spending, guarantees, most export credit and fuel subsidies fall outside it, and road building was dropped from the count this year. G20 governments and multilateral development banks provided at least $47 billion a year in international public finance for oil, gas and coal between 2020 and 2022, according to the campaign group Oil Change International. About 65% came through export credit agencies, which CAF’s figures largely leave out. The report warns that continued investment in long-lived fossil fuel assets risks “lock-in to a fossil fuel-dependent development pathway.” It also acknowledges that such funding can support energy access and security in developing countries. Last year’s edition urged donors to end funding for fossil fuel-prolonging projects. None of this year’s five recommendations mentions fossil fuels. Image Credits: urf/Getty Images via Canva. GLP-1 Drugs? Surgery? WHO Issues Guidelines for Obesity in Children 07/10/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Obesity is growing fastest among children and adolescents The World Health Organization (WHO) released its first-ever guidelines to address how clinicians should manage obesity in children and adolescents, which include conditional recommendations for obesity medications and even surgery for children over the age of 10. Since 1990, the number of children ages 5-9 years and adolescents 10-19 years living with obesity has quadrupled, skyrocketing from 2% to 8%. Upwards of 170 million children and adolescents now live with the chronic condition, which increases the risk of a host of medical complications, including type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. For children especially, obesity can come with stigmatisation, discrimination, and bullying, the WHO notes. Obesity in children is projected to increase most rapidly in lower- and middle-income countries, where access to healthy foods and exercise now mirrors that in upper-income countries. The growing global burden of overweight and obese children has led the WHO to issue guidelines for what it terms “person-centered” care, which is a combination of nutrition, physical activity, behavioral management, and in some cases, medication or even surgery. The WHO recommendations are based on an evaluation of 35 scholarly review articles, but research is still evolving, especially for pharmaceutical-based interventions in children. WHO’s childhood obesity management recommendations. Conditional recommendations for medication For children under 10, the WHO does not recommend obesity drugs or bariatric surgery. Instead, the focus should be on structured interventions such as healthy eating, physical activity, and behavioral change, Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of the WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, told a press conference in Geneva this week. If this three-pronged approach fails for adolescents, WHO recommends that, in some instances, obesity drugs could be used if the child is mentally and physically prepared. Several blockbuster drugs now dominate the weight loss market. In the US, nearly one in five adults reported taking a GLP-1 drug such as Ozempic or Weygovy at some point for diabetes or weight loss. The WHO notably added GLP-1s to its recommended guidelines for obesity treatment for adults in 2025, a step in what the global health agency said is a “conditional” sign of approval for the cutting-edge medications that have become so popular. The picture for children is a bit more complicated, WHO scientists said. While pharmaceutical giants Novo Nordisk and Eli Lilly are both running clinical trials in children as young as six, the WHO had little research to draw on to assess whether the drugs meet the bar of safety or efficacy for children under 10. But that hasn’t stopped prescriptions, as a study published in the journal Pediatrics reported that the number of children aged eight to 11 on GLP-1s “increased sharply” between 2019 and 2026. Their study estimates that out of a cohort of over 3.5 million children with obesity – and without diabetes – roughly 20,000 children were prescribed GLP-1s. Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, speaking at a press conference in Geneva. A recent analysis from Lurie Children’s Hospital in Chicago found that GLP-1s may be linked to nutritional deficiencies in children, most notably a lack of vitamin D. The researchers found that only 5% of pediatric patients on GLP-1s received nutritional counseling. “As appropriate pediatric use of GLP-1s becomes more widespread, we need to understand the risks during periods of rapid growth and pubertal development,” said Dr Justin Ryder, the study’s senior author and vice chair of research for the Department of Surgery at Lurie Children’s Hospital. Ryder, who is also an associate professor of surgery and pediatrics at Northwestern University, commented in a press release that the study highlights the need for proactive nutrition counseling as children are growing, as any deficiencies early in life could have lasting effects. There are also concerns about adherence to the drug regimen and long-term effects when children start so young, said Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, the unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action at WHO. He cautioned that because obesity is a long-term chronic condition, it is especially important to understand these drugs in children before recommending them. That is why the guidelines don’t focus on or recommend a specific weight loss drug. “WHO recognizes this is a rapidly evolving field,” said De Regil. Her team is monitoring data as it becomes available on long-term anti-obesity medications in children. Surgery in severe teen cases Bariatric surgery also falls under a conditional recommendation for adolescents 10-19 years old. With only a handful of studies to analyze, the team acknowledged that the balance of benefits and harms “are not entirely clear.” Again, WHO stresses that the decision to undergo an invasive surgery requires “physical and mental maturity” for those with the most severe forms of obesity. “That’s why it’s conditional,” said Dr Maria Nieves Garcia Casal, a WHO scientist in the Department of Nutrition and Food Safety. The WHO only recommends surgery for those with a Body Mass Index (BMI) for age greater than four standard deviations above the WHO growth reference median, which is a high threshold for a surgical intervention. Nutrition, exercise, mental health Ultra-processed food is a staple diet for Mexican 10-year-old Ricky and his mother, Alicia. The WHO recommends dietary interventions to manage childhood obesity. The guidelines stress that obesity management goes beyond simple weight loss, involving a combination of structured dietary, exercise, and behavior-changing interventions that work best when tailored to the individual. Digital technologies, including active video games or phone apps that encourage movement, could also help children manage their obesity, although the WHO’s recommendation is conditional as excessive screen time should be limited. The recommendations also emphasise the importance of addressing mental health alongside obesity: “Anxiety, depression, low self-esteem and emotional dysregulation can contribute to unhealthy eating behaviours, physical inactivity and social withdrawal, and children and adolescents living with obesity may experience stigma and bullying that harm their emotional well-being,” the WHO notes in a media release issued alongside the guidelines. Worrying trends in low- and middle- income countries Obesity is on the rise globally and across all regions; however, the rate of increase has mostly plateaued in developed nations, while it is increasing in low- and middle-income countries. In much of Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, Caribbean and Pacific Island nations, and South and Southeast Asia, the rate of childhood obesity is rapidly accelerating. In some countries with already high burdens of childhood obesity, like in the US and the Middle East, that rate is mostly stagnant. A Nature study published earlier this year noted that the increase in obesity rates in children is happening across regions and afflicting most low- and middle-income countries: Tanzania, Rwanda, Ethiopia, Nepal, Bangladesh, Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, and Chile all saw steady or rapid increases in the past three decades. “These highly varied dynamics suggest that the social, economic and technological trends that influence the availability, affordability and use of different foods may have helped control the rise in obesity in high-income countries,” the study authors write, “but require policy interventions in low-income and middle-income countries.” Obesity in children is accelerating most rapidly in low and middle-income countries, per a May 2026 Nature article. Prevention and treatment go ‘hand in hand’ While the guidelines focus on treating obesity in children, the WHO acknowledged the role of addressing a child’s environment, including unhealthy food options in schools, persistent marketing of unhealthy food to children, and the lack of safe places to play. Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action, argued that much of what remains outside of a child’s individual control has deep consequences for their obesity risk. These include whether a child was breastfed, their junk food marketing environment, and their school environment. “Countries need to create environments that make healthy diets and physical activity accessible and affordable, while ensuring that children and adolescents already living with obesity can access high-quality care free from stigma and discrimination,” said De Regil. “We need to prevent obesity wherever we can, and ensure that those already living with obesity receive the care and support they need.” Image Credits: Commons , WHO, UNICEF, Nature/ NCD-RisC. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed 06/10/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Felix Sassmannshausen A Chinese candidate reportedly is waiting in the wings to join the race for WHO Director General. China has nominated a prominent Chinese health official for WHO Director General in the 2027 elections, multiple diplomatic sources have confirmed to Health Policy Watch. But there are mixed reports about who that candidate actually may be. Some high-level sources have cited Song Li, a senior Chinese Communist Party official who mounted a failed bid for the post of Regional Director for WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office (WPRO) in 2023. Others, however, have denied that she is a candidate, noting that after losing the 2023 election, Beijing wants a stronger contender for a global race. Song Li, Director-General, Department of Women & Children’s Health, National Health Commission (NHC), People’s Republic of China. Either way, China’s immense and still growing geopolitical range of influence from the Western Pacific to Southeast Asia and Africa means it could mount a serious campaign that could permanently shift the delicate balance of power at the WHO following the withdrawal of the United States from the organization last year. WHO election rules hinder transparency The picture is complicated by the fact that under WHO rules, public disclosure of Song, and any other potential candidate from China or elsewhere, is only required at the end of this month, after the conclusion of the WHO European Regional Committee Meeting on 29 October, the last in the series of WHO regional conferences of member states. This is according to the WHO election process rulebook, which creates a one-month gap between the formal submission of nominations to WHO by member states and public disclosure. Six prospective candidates have already been announced on the WHO election website, as reported by Health Policy Watch after nominations formally closed on 24 September. But their names were published at the discretion of the sponsoring countries, WHO has explained. Nominations don’t have to be formally disclosed until the end of the final WHO Regional Committee meeting, according to the WHO handbook of rules, a spokesperson told Health Policy Watch. The Permanent Mission of China to the UN in Geneva did not respond to several Health Policy Watch queries about the DG nomination, sent over the past few days. Quietly professional – but still a Communist Party official Song, Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission, has sat on several WHO technical committees related to maternal and newborn health. At the time of the 2023 campaign for WPRO RD, she was described as “quietly professional” by global health veteran Mukesh Kapila, in a Health Policy Watch analysis of that election campaign. “But will China refrain from influencing her so that she can function genuinely independently? Chinese incumbents in international organisations often remain under obligation to their own authorities, and can even be summoned home if they displease their masters,” Kapila, a columnist and Health Policy Watch board member, asked at the time. ‘No surprise’ for Europeans Others are asking similar questions now. “It would come as no surprise if China were to put forward their candidate,” a senior European global health policymaker said in an interview last week with Health Policy Watch on the reports of a China candidate for DG, speaking on the margins of the European Health Forum – Gastein. “They see a chance to fill the power void that the United States has left behind.” However, the diplomat expressed doubts as to whether Beijing could mobilize sufficient votes to actually win the race. While acknowledging the risk of increased polarization within the world’s premier health agency, he described Beijing’s diplomatic approach as “very nuanced,” noting that while Europeans view China as a competitor in some areas, it’s also a partner in others. Concerns in Washington DC more likely As the US has withdrawn from WHO, China is filling the vacuum. But the prospect of a Chinese Director-General is likely to raise very different concerns in Washington as compared to Europe, says Kieran Bligh, a former WHO staff member doing doctoral studies on global health leadership at George Washington University and a Health Policy Watch fellow. “The bigger risk is that Washington vacates the space and China fills it,” he says. “The WHO could increasingly become a tool used against US interests while (Washington) has no seat at the table due to the US withdrawal from the agency.” In an early September Bligh predicted that Beijing would soon make a public move in the Director-General race, stating: “China is doing what any serious global power would do: making sure it has influence over who leads the world’s health agency.” From Asia’s Belt and Road to Central Africa A coltan mine in M-23 Rubaya, North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo. China also plays a key role in the refinement and distribution of this vital mineral. The potential for China to muster significant votes to any candidate it mounts is significant, observers say. For one thing, China has recently been appointed to the WHO Executive Board (EB) of 34 member states. China joined WHO’s EB governing body in May 2026, after securing the seat at the 2025 WPRO Regional Committee, as reported by Health Policy Watch. In February 2027, the Executive Board will select three finalists for the race – out of the bloc of declared contenders. Africa’s 54 WHO member states often vote in a bloc on many major WHO policy issues. Forty-seven African states are affiliated with WHO’s African Region, while another seven North and Horn of Africa nations are members of the Eastern Mediterranean Region of the WHO. China’s outsized financial and political influence in Africa extends everywhere on the continent. Chinese firms, for instance, control 70-80% of the copper and cobalt mining in Ebola-stricken Democratic Republic of Congo, including not only legitimate ventures but hundreds of illegal extraction sites in South Kivu province alone where impoverished African families labour. It also plays a key role in distributions of other vital minerals like coltan, critical for electronics, and for which DRC produces 40% of the worlds supply. Coltan is mined artisanally and smuggled illegally over the border to Rwanda and then onward to China and the United Arab Emirates for refining. Child laborers in one of the hundreds of illegal mines in the DRC’s South Kivu province – most of which are operated by Chinese nationals. Across the continent, China has invested nearly $200 billion in port, rail and road projects, as well as modern agrobusinesses, which it is increasingly operating as well. Local African markets are rife with cheap imports of Chinese consumer goods. China is the world’s largest official creditor and the single largest bilateral source of official-sector financing to the developing world, according to AidData. Similarly, the massive Belt and Road Initiative has extended Beijing’s economic and political influence across Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Europe and even Latin America. “Money matters,” Bligh says. “Those influences do not disappear when governments walk into a secret ballot [at the Executive Board level, or later, at the full World Health Assembly], and debt exposure can be powerful leverage.” He argues that if a Chinese candidate were to win the DG race, burning issues like the origins of the SARS-CoV2 virus would likely be buried forever, and WHO collaborations in future independent inquiries could be suppressed. To date, China has never responded to WHO requests for blood samples or genetic sequences of the virus from the first patients infected in Wuhan or detailed information about the status of animals sold at Wuhan’s wet markets – where the virus first emerged in late 2019. Nor has it provided detailed data on the research work and biosafety conditions in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. These are the two leading sources from which scientists believe the virus first began to circulate widely. Wuhan’s Huanan seafood market was shuttered early in 2020, down after COVID emerged in the vicinity. But China’s government has provided little data to WHO on the early days of the SARS-CoV2 virus circulation among animals or humans. WHO needs competent, credible leadership most of all Magda Robalo, president and co-founder of The Institute for Global Health and Development (IGHD), prefers to see the glass half full rather than empty. “Supporters might argue this reflects the growing importance of Asian economies in global health. Critics might worry about political influence over sensitive issues involving transparency, disease reporting, or geopolitical disputes,” the former Guinea-Bissau Minister of Health told Health Policy Watch. “WHO needs a competent, credible and strong leader, able to build consensus among its 194 member states and reform WHO to focus on science, its core strengths and functions, irrespective of nationality or sex,” she said. “One cannot ignore the fact that current geopolitical tension, mistrust, fragmentation and erosion of multilateralism will certainly increase scrutiny on candidates’ ties and citizenship. A Chinese DG candidate could be seen by some countries as reinforcing China’s influence in international institutions. Health is political after all.” “[But] China has significantly expanded its role in global health over the past two decades through investments in health systems, disease surveillance, vaccine production, and health aid, particularly in Africa and Asia,” she concluded. Already the largest WHO contributor and heading FAO Dongyu Qu – FAO DG: ‘ We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights.’ Long overshadowed by high-income WHO member states in the Americas, Europe and Asia, China is today WHO’s largest state contributor in terms of assessed dues, paying the sum of $137.8 million in 2026. At the 2025 Assembly, Vice-Premier Liu Guozhong pledged an additional $500 million over five years, with a line aimed at Washington: “The world is now facing the impacts of unilateralism and power politics.” However, the WHO notes that the pledged additional amount is still “to be confirmed”. The US, meanwhile, owes $280.9 million in membership arrears and faces suspension of its vote at the very Assembly that will elect the next DG. China already holds the top job at another major UN specialized agency. Dongyu Qu, a Chinese national nominated by Beijing, has served as Director-General of the UN Food and Agriculture Organization since 2019 and is now in his second term. Dongyu recently came under fire for his scathing comments about other senior FAO officials “playing the game of human rights” at the Rome-based agency. “We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights,” he was filmed saying at a recent FAO assembly. “Of course, human rights is very important. But we have the human rights agency in Geneva. If you want to take care of that, go there.” Aside from Dongyu’s views, the fact that he holds the DG position at a UN agency is an informal barrier to a Chinese nominee winning the election for WHO DG, as countries have typically preferred that powerful leadership roles are distributed amongst UN member states, rather than concentrated with one nation. Meanwhile, the secrecy surrounding the definitive list of candidates also opens the way for a closet game of poker, in which a country with an undisclosed candidate could potentially leverage commitments from one of the other, publicly declared competitors for post-election policies or appointments in exchange for withdrawing quietly from the race. Not the first time China has held senior leadership roles at WHO Dr Margaret Chan, WHO Director General from 2006-2016 But this would not at all be the first time that senior posts were awarded based on nationalities and not only competencies. In fact, a DG’s appointments of his or her Assistant Directors Generals and other senior managers are often payback for support received during the campaign. It would not be the first time, at all, that a Chinese national held a senior position at WHO. From May 2023 – Jun 2025, Ailan Li served as an Assistant Director-General, Universal Health Coverage, Healthier Populations under Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. Following the 2025 WHO budget crisis leading to staff reductions, Li’s position was eliminated. She is now the WHO Representative to Thailand. Moreover, a Chinese national, Margaret Chan, first elected in November 2006 and holding the Director General’s post from 2007 to 2017, the first ever to do so. But Chan was a native of Hong Kong and a senior health official there during the first SARS outbreak – a period that preceded China’s brutal 2020 crackdown on dissent, Hong Kong’s free media and its semi-autonomous governance, which the island had seen since 1997. Chan was also a dual Canadian national. Secrecy adds to potential leverage against other candidates The candidacy of any high-level member of the Chinese Communist Party, if it were to materialize, would still be unprecedented in terms of the level and scope of influence it would open up to Beijing. Equally unprecedented is the amount of leverage that a shadow candidate nominated by Beijing or by any other member state could wield on other DG competitors, between now and the end of the month, when full disclosure will be required by the WHO rules. The technical loophole that has emerged, therefore, is in how the horses leave the gate. This is a muddy start to a race that most global health pundits describe as a crossroads that could determine the very survival of WHO as a robust, independent global health entity in the UN family. Correction: an earlier version of this story said that Margaret Chan was WHO Director General from 2006-2016, when in fact she was elected in November, 2006 but only took over the position in 2007, serving until 2017. Image Credits: Wikipedia Commons, WHO, ©The Rudin Group , MONUSCO/Sylvain Liechti, Harvard-Kennedy School, Deutsche Welle. Extreme Heat Is Making Pregnancy More Dangerous for Mothers and Newborns 06/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Extreme heat is raising the risks of pregnancy and early infancy as the world warms. Health advocates are pushing to make mothers and newborns a priority at COP31. Nearly three in four maternal healthcare workers say extreme heat-related complications among pregnant women have increased over the past five years, according to a five-country survey released as climate ministers gathered in Fiji for the last major meeting before COP31. The poll of 1,001 obstetricians, midwives, nurses and other maternity staff in Australia, Brazil, India, the UK and Zimbabwe, commissioned by Wellcome Trust, found 73% had seen more heat-related cases or complications in pregnant women. Another 76% reported an increase in foetal or newborn health issues. “Midwives and doctors from countries across five continents are telling us that extreme heat is affecting the health of pregnant women and newborn babies,” said Julia Gillard, Wellcome’s chair and a former Australian prime minister. “No woman should have to fear that extreme heat will harm the baby she is carrying.” Almost all respondents said they had personally cared for a pregnant woman (98%) or a baby (99%) whose health they believed extreme heat had harmed, and 92% said they wanted more training and resources to protect pregnant women during extreme heat. The findings were launched on Monday at the opening of Wellcome’s Birthright campaign in Fiji, on the first day of the pre-COP ministerial meeting, where UN climat chief Simon Stiell warned that “pregnancy and birth are now a new fault line in the global climate crisis.” “Climate-driven extreme heat during pregnancy is increasingly linked to premature birth, stillbirth, low birth weight, and maternal complications,” Stiell said. “A changing climate must never be accepted as a reason pregnancy and birth become less safe.” “Pregnancy should be a time of hope,” he added. “But for millions, it is becoming a time of anxiety, as climate impacts fill everyday life with risk.” Over half of respondents (55%) said clearer national or international guidance would help them provide better care. Wellcome is calling on the World Health Organization (WHO) to produce its first clinical guideline on heat, pregnancy and the postpartum period, and on governments to write pregnant women and newborns into their national climate and health plans. “As the planet continues to heat up because of anthropogenic climate change, more mothers and babies will be put at risk,” said Gillard. “Extreme heat is an invisible killer, but pregnant women must not be invisible.” Pressure on maternity services Mothers and their newborns will face higher risks as the planet continues to warm, driving extreme heat to new levels. About a quarter of respondents, 23%, had seen pregnancy complications requiring additional monitoring or treatment that they linked to extreme heat. Among newborns, 36% reported dehydration or heat-related illness, 34% low birth weight or restricted growth and 33% difficulties with feeding, breathing or regulating body temperature. Over a quarter (27%) said heat is making it harder for pregnant women and their families to travel to or reach care, while 29% reported a rise in urgent or emergency presentations. Some 28% said they had struggled to store medicines, supplies or equipment safely, and 24% had dealt with interruptions to electricity, water or cooling. Health workers in Zimbabwe reported the sharpest rise, with 85% saying heat-related complications in pregnant women had increased, compared with 79% in Australia, 74% in Brazil, 66% in the UK and 62% in India. The poll, run online by Censuswide between 17 September and 1 October, records what health workers say they have seen rather than clinical case records. Wellcome’s methodology notes the results are unweighted, not nationally representative and do not establish that heat caused individual complications. None of the five countries surveyed is classed as low-income by the World Bank, yet pregnancy is already far deadlier in the poorest countries. About 260,000 women died during or after pregnancy and childbirth in 2023, according to WHO, and roughly 70% of those deaths occurred in sub-Saharan Africa. A woman in a low-income country faces a one in 66 lifetime risk of dying from maternal causes, compared with one in 7,933 in a high-income country, leaving the world far off track for its 2030 target. In sub-Saharan Africa, a 15-year-old girl faces a one in 40 lifetime risk of dying from a maternal cause, according to UN estimates for 2020. Almost 95% of maternal deaths that year occurred in low- and lower-middle-income countries, while 73 countries, most of them in Europe or Latin America and the Caribbean, were estimated to have 20 or fewer maternal deaths. Yet a 2025 review of 83 heat-health action plans from 24 countries found none from low-income economies. Only 52% named pregnant women as an at-risk group, 39% newborns and 14% postpartum or breastfeeding women. “We already know many of the solutions to protect people, from early warning systems to cooler buildings,” said Madeleine Thomson, Wellcome’s head of climate impacts and adaptation. The challenge, she added, is reaching “those who need them most.” A test of climate action Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, called addressing the impacts of extreme heat on newborns and pregnant women “a new fault line” in the climate fight. Ministers from more than 50 countries are meeting in Nadi until Thursday, with a leaders’ event in Tuvalu, in the last major round of talks before COP31 opens in Antalya, Türkiye, on 9 November. Speaking at the Birthright launch, Stiell said advice to stay cool offers little to women with “no cool place to go,” and that safe childbirth already depends heavily on geography, income and access to care. “Without action, extreme heat will widen that injustice.” His three priorities for governments are: writing pregnancy and newborn care into national adaptation, health and heat plans; turning evidence into protection through guidance, training and heat alerts; and collecting better data. “Harm that is not counted is too easily ignored,” he said, adding that governments need data to track where the risks are rising, who is most exposed, which protections work and where finance and technology should go. Stiell tied the issue to the fight over adaptation finance, urging governments to deliver on commitments made at COP30 in Belém, and pointed to the Belém Adaptation Indicators and Gender Action Plan as ways to measure climate-related health risks. “A newborn’s healthy start must never depend on a family’s ability to escape the heat,” he said. Türkiye’s presidency has made “Dynamic and Resilient Health Systems” one of 10 priority themes on its COP31 Action Agenda, and the summit will open with a dedicated Health Day. That agenda is voluntary, however, and health has no standalone item in the negotiations. Its foothold in the formal text runs through the Global Goal on Adaptation, under which countries adopted 59 indicators at COP30, eight of them on health. Record heat, rising risks The survey follows a northern summer in which 33 countries recorded their hottest July on record, according to an AFP analysis of Copernicus data. The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration found July 2026 tied with July 2024 as the hottest on record globally. Last year’s Lancet Countdown estimated that there were 546,000 heat-related deaths per year over the most recent decade, and found that 84% of heatwave days between 2020 and 2024 would not have occurred without climate change. A 2024 meta-analysis of 198 studies across 66 countries found the odds of preterm birth rose 4% for every 1°C increase in heat exposure and 26% during heatwaves. The odds of obstetric complications rose 25% during heatwaves. “With El Niño pushing temperatures higher, the failure to act is costing lives,” said Thomson. “Extreme heat, fuelled by climate change is impacting our way of life and our health – and yet many countries are not prepared.” Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts
EXCLUSIVE: One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients: After Stepping Back from the WHO Race, What I Stand For in the AI Society – Jiho Cha’s Story 08/10/2026 Jiho Cha Jiho Cha, the Korean parliamentarian who is not running for WHO Director General I sought to lead the World Health Organization (WHO) because the rules of intelligence are becoming the rules of health. My name will not be on the ballot. The responsibility remains. I will now work to organise the political and economic power needed to put intelligence at the service of humanity – and to keep it from turning against us. Nominations for the next WHO Director-General closed on 24 September. Seven names are on the list. Mine is not. Those who received me as a candidate this summer deserve more than a sentence. The short version is that I chose a task I judged more urgent than the leadership of any single institution. The longer version is this essay, because the vision was never about me, and the question at its centre still awaits an answer from any of the six. The question is simple to state, and it has been asked of every technology that has ever entered the clinic. The global health architecture is about to acquire a new layer of intelligence. For whom will it work, and under whose control? And, more urgently now: who will keep it from turning against us? What the field taught me: Social, political and intelligence determinants of health Access to nutritious, fresh foods, a critical determinant of health. I came to that question slowly, through two kinds of work that rarely speak to each other. More than 20 years ago, my first humanitarian posting as a physician was at Hanawon, the centre where people who have escaped North Korea spend their first months in the South. For three years I examined people who had crossed borders on foot and spent years in hiding. They arrived with tuberculosis and trauma, and with structural violence that had settled into the body. But my clinic was the end of their illness’s story, not its beginning. The social conditions that had made them ill lay years upstream: a famine that was political before it was agricultural, borders that turned flight into a crime, a stateless existence in which seeing a doctor meant risking deportation. What I treated were the sediments of a social order – the social determinants of health, arriving one body at a time. With Médecins Sans Frontières, I followed those conditions back to their source: the borderlands people had fled, and later, with other humanitarian colleagues, to the Kashmir earthquake, the jungles of Papua New Guinea, and the refugee camps of the Democratic Republic of Congo. There I learned a lesson the textbooks phrase too politely. Illness in a crisis is rarely an accident of biology. It is the body’s registration of decisions made elsewhere. A woman denied even refugee status turns to a trafficker not because she misjudges the risk, but because every legal door has closed and return is the one certainty she cannot survive. The well-meaning people in white vehicles – I was one of them – too often arrive without the history that made the poverty they came to relieve, mistaking colonial residue for local misfortune. Twenty years later, the citizens of Osan, a working city south of Seoul, sent me to the National Assembly, and there I learned the other half of the story. I watched the grief of Itaewon, where 159 people died in a single night, bent to political need and then erased. I watched the martial law decree of 3 December 2024 outlaw the Assembly in one clause and order striking doctors back to their wards in another – one text aimed at legislators like me and physicians like me. And on the presidential campaign and the National Planning Committee, among the few who write national strategy, I learned how a line in my policy book becomes a ministry – or quietly a footnote no one answers for. Behind every failure of health care I had witnessed stood not a shortage but a choice: a political determinant. Power decides not only who is treated, but who is recognised as ill, and who has the power to judge whether or what treatment is provided. ‘Intelligence’ – the determinant behind the determinants Meeting a child waste picker in Cambodia. Between the social and political determinants, a third took shape, and it ran deeper than either. The resource on which health systems have depended longest, and which they have distributed most unequally, is neither medicine nor money. It is human judgement: the capacity to recognise who is ill, to decide what should be done, and to act. I call the conditions that govern the social distribution of that judgement the intelligence determinants of health. Across much of the world, a single nurse makes the decisions on which 10,000 lives may depend, with no one to consult and no second opinion within a day’s travel. Economists, scientists and policy experts are distributed across the world just as unevenly, and that distribution may itself be a determinant of the social and political conditions I had spent 20 years treating – the determinant beneath the determinants. For the first time, a machine can carry a part of that judgement to places it has never reached. Governments and companies will decide within the next few years whether it reaches that nurse or only the hospitals that can pay – and they will decide much of it in private contracts whose terms no one outside the signing room will ever read: an old pattern in a new form, the determinants of health settled where the people they determine cannot see. What I stood for: Climate, Health, and AI Global AI hub launch in Seoul, Korea in May 2026 I wanted WHO to write the rules for this emerging layer of intelligence before the market did. In an emergency, the interval between a need and a standard is filled by whoever arrives first. WHO is the one institution every health ministry listens to, but the distance between a principle agreed in Geneva and a contract signed in a ministry is where the future of health care is being settled. For a decade, since AlphaGo defeated the world’s best Go player,Lee Sedol, born on my mother’s island, I have worked on this new layer of intelligence from the outside: on AI-augmented health systems for low-resource settings, and more recently on Korea’s new societal model, the “AI Universal Basic Society” (AI UBS), which treats intelligence as public infrastructure for essential services, beginning with health care. In May, nine UN agencies including WHO, launched the Global AI Hub, a shared operational campus of the UN system, and in September Korea put both proposals before the General Assembly. But WHO itself was not moving at the speed the moment demanded. Member states cut its base budget for 2026–27 from $5.3 billion to $4.2 billion, and development assistance for health fell to its lowest level in roughly 15 years. An organisation that has lost a fifth of its budget and many of its ablest people does not run towards new fields; it defends the ones it has. Meanwhile the largest technology companies were signing national-scale agreements for health and education, most on undisclosed terms. So I did what a physician does when a referral is taking too long. I went to the patient myself. In July, I declared. The core of my policy manifesto, One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients, is a single proposition: Universal Intelligence Coverage (UIC) for health. Universal health coverage asks whether people can receive care without being ruined by the cost. UIC asks whether judgement – human, machine or both – reaches everyone, and who answers when it fails. I proposed a “1.5-tier” model of primary health care: frontline workers equipped with AI decision support and supervised remotely by human professionals, with responsibility for diagnosis and treatment kept firmly with people. Climate finance was the second strand. Less than 1% of it reaches health. I argued that a climate-resilient health system is itself a frontline mechanism of adaptation, and proposed that WHO use the Green Climate Fund accreditation it secured this year to channel roughly $1 billion into primary care without drawing a dollar from its shrinking core budget. The larger point was about dependence. Global health has run for decades on voluntary, earmarked money from a handful of governments, and the past two years have shown how quickly that base erodes when one of them turns inward. Blended finance is the way out: climate financing anchoring the public health layer, the private capital now pouring into the AI transition financing the intelligence layer above it, and public terms binding both to public goals. Over 10 weeks I took these ideas to three continents – Africa, Asia and Europe – and to the leaders of their regional organisations. What we built together rests on one principle: regional health sovereignty – a decolonised global health architecture, powered by a new layer of intelligence and a new mechanism of finance. In Africa, it is “African AI for African health”, running on African infrastructure and answering to African law. In the Pacific Islands it is the “Pacific AI Initiative”, a regional platform for climate-resilient health systems. All want to build, not merely to buy. African AI needs to run on African infrastructure and answer to African law. After stepping back I believe the diagnosis was right and the prescription was ready. I had been nominated by the Parliament as a WHO candidate for DG. But at the last minute, circumstances changed. The responsibility now passes to one of the other seven candidates, and I wish each of them well. Whoever becomes Director-General will find in me a partner. But the campaign taught me something I had not fully grasped when it began. Meeting heads of government, frontier researchers and leaders of AI and biotechnology companies, I heard the same assessment with increasing frequency: the convergence of autonomous AI and biotechnology is entering a stage at which it could generate an existential threat of a new kind: a pandemic made by humans and machines together. The frontier laboratories now say so themselves: by their own published assessments, their latest models have reached the thresholds at which they could materially assist biological misuse, and the companies that build them ask publicly to be regulated. A risk I had been warning about for years was arriving far faster than I had expected. The window is closing: capability is advancing by the quarter, public control by the decade. These are not two separate agendas. Bringing validated intelligence to a rural clinic and keeping unvalidated intelligence from harming the world are two answers to the same question – for whom, and under whose control, does intelligence work? But this answer lies beyond WHO’s reach. Responding to a pandemic, whatever its origin, is WHO’s mandate. Governing the roots of this risk – the race in frontier AI and its fusion with biotechnology – belongs to no institution at all. As with the nuclear competition of the last century, the world has no mechanism to slow a race centred on the United States and China, and the voice of industry overwhelms that of states. The world has visions and forums enough; it has no institution and no budget line for the AI society that is already arriving. What it does have is the makings of a coalition. The Global South champions and the middle powers that hold technology and finance can, together, assemble the strength to shape that AI society. I have concluded that this work was more urgent than any position in any organisation. Over these months, leaders serving and former – in governments, international organisations, the media and academia – reached the same conclusion and asked me to help convene such a coalition. I In my own country, the expectation came from the highest level of government. I chose it. A humanitarian learns early to go not where the doctors already are, but where there are none. The WHO post will be well filled; this work was more pressing, and almost no one was standing in line for it. What I will do at the existential crossroads of the AI society I will organise a global coalition to become an AI buyer, with the power to negotiate, purchase, legislate and govern. Most proposals for AI governance begin with visions and institutions. I have sat in enough of those rooms to know how slowly they fill. Mine begins with a buyer – and in a market of scattered ministries, a buyer first has to be assembled. In a revolution led by private actors, the power a public actor can use fastest is to decide what it buys and on what terms. Outside the few countries that build the intelligence infrastructure itself, the Global North will mostly use AI to replace human labour in systems that already exist, and substitution alone does not make a new economy. In the Global South, the need has always outrun the supply–the clinic without a doctor, the classroom without a teacher, the household without a bank–and intelligence that can finally meet it creates a new economy rather than replacing one: a trillion-dollar market in which the buyer, not the supplier, should set the terms–and no one has yet organised a hundred fragmented buyers into one. That is the work I will do, and the order is the strategy. Ask industry to regulate itself before you hold any market leverage, and the rules it writes will hold you. I will organise a coalition that can negotiate, purchase and legislate, govern–in that order. First, a Planetary Intelligence Network, solidarity for sovereignty. Sovereignty over intelligence will not be won one ministry at a time; only a network of leaders who can decide can build it. I will convene it within months, not years. Any leader who shares these concerns – sovereignty over external intelligence, existential risk – has a seat. This is a network, not a bloc, and its first effect is simple: ministries that have always faced the same supplier alone begin to negotiate as one. Second, New 3 by 5, collective purchasing power. Twenty years ago, Dr Lee Jong-wook set the world a target he called 3 by 5: three million people on HIV treatment by 2005. I propose a new 3 by 5: three million AI-augmented primary health care (PHC) workers within five years. We will augment first the community health workers, nurses and clinical officers who provide most first-contact care, raising their clinical and epidemiological capability toward that of a primary care physician, under remote human supervision. This is physician-level judgement arriving in three million places that have never had it. Connected across a continent, AI-augmented PHCs become a connected health system and pandemic preparedness–and a single buyer large enough to set terms. If a pandemic made by humans and machines ever begins, its first case will present not to a frontier lab but to one of them. Access and early warning are one investment. Third, a Public Intelligence Compact, collective regulating power. A buyer of that size can set terms. The Compact is one set of conditions for any system that shapes a decision about a person in a public service: independent validation, data management under national law, continuity of service, the right to audit, transparent pricing. As a declaration, these are pieties; as a procurement rule, they are the law of the market. The Compact is neutral as to flag: any company that meets the terms is welcome. Sovereignty means a country can choose, question, change and, when necessary, leave the systems it uses. Its companion I call Firebreak – the line a fire does not cross. We cannot put out the fire of frontier development, but we buy the very models that could start one, and a buyer can set conditions today: no DNA synthesis order unscreened, no model in a public service unevaluated, no incident unreported. The Compact is the first line of defence, Firebreak the last, and the three million workers watching for the first spark are the sensors in between. Fourth, a Public Intelligence Foundation and Existential Risk Council, a blended governance. This step evolves with purchasing power and regulating power. The Foundation is a shared operational platform with the global AI companies that will translate private AI back into public intelligence on the Compact’s terms. Beside it, and firewalled from it, stands the Existential Risk Council, independent of the foundation’s money, because a body that depends on industry cannot also judge its dangers. It will make independent evaluation of existential risks such as biological misuse–with incident reporting and synthesis screening–the price of entry for every model and the laboratory that trained it. The council will define itself against no state. None of this replaces the United Nations. The network brings will, leverage and pace; the UN brings implementation and universality–the Global AI Hub’s agencies beyond health, and WHO for the clinical standard, which we will adopt, not rival. I know how this fails: a foundation captured by its funders, pilots that vanish with the donor cycle, and the oldest failure of all–help that arrives without asking the people it is for. That is the work I am committing to lead. Eight billion for one patient. Jiho Cha is a humanitarian physician, global health scholar and Member of the National Assembly of the Republic of Korea, and co-chairs the Lancet Commission on Sea-Level Rise, Health, and Justice. For two decades, he has worked with marginalised populations in the Middle East, Africa and Asia, and with the displaced people caught between them. He was Professor of Humanitarian Studies at the University of Manchester and of AI and Future Strategy at KAIST, and designed Korea’s AI Universal Basic Society framework and the Global AI Hub, a joint campus of nine UN agencies. His policy manifesto, One Doctor, Eight Billion Patients, was prepared for his candidacy for WHO Director-General. The views expressed are his own. Image Credits: Jiho Cha, Ron Lach via Pexels. WHO Asks Russia for More Information About Death of Plague Unit Employee 07/10/2026 Kerry Cullinan Dr Tedros addressing the media briefing. The World Health Organization (WHO) has asked the Russian government for more information about the death of an employee at a Siberian plague research unit, including details about the laboratory tests conducted on her, the WHO Director-General told a media briefing on Thursday. The WHO has also asked Russia for more details about the public health measures it has imposed, the health status of the woman’s contacts, and whether a second employee has been infected with “pneumonia of undetermined cause”, said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. This follows reports on Monday of the death of a 27-year-old female employee at the Irkutsk Anti-plague Research Institute of Siberia and the Far East – possibly of pneumonic plague. The employee was hospitalised at Shelekhov Hospital on 29 September with symptoms of pneumonia, placed on a ventilator and died a few days later, according to media reports. Tedros said that the WHO had sent queries to Russia on Saturday, and received a report on Wednesday that “no case of plague had recently been reported in the Irkutsk Oblast” where the research unit is, and that they had “placed about 200 [of the woman’s] contacts in quarantine”. WHO has also offered Russia technical support related to “plague and lab biosafety and biosecurity”, Tedros said, adding that “we don’t yet have the full picture of this event, and we are not able to conduct a full risk assessment”. Broken test tube? Dr Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO director of epidemic and pandemic management. Some media reports say the employee died after breaking a test tube in the laboratory, but Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO director of Epidemic and Pandemic Management, said that employees working in such laboratories would wear personal protective equipment (PPE) and be vaccinated against various diseases. “We are following up on what type of PPE would be used, and under which conditions? What were they doing with these pathogens?” said Van Kerkhove. “If there was a lab incident in this lab, there are procedures that must be followed in terms of the assessment that they do in the lab. There would be post-exposure prophylaxis, for example, for this individual. They would probably run tests, so there’s more to come as it relates to what actually happened,” she explained. “What we have been told is that [Russia] has no case of plague registered in this area, and that no high threat pathogens were detected. So clearly, we would like more information to understand which laboratory tests were conducted, which pathogens were evaluated, and if this individual didn’t die from plague, then then how did she die?” Van Kerkhove added. Plague is a severe, life-threatening infection caused by the bacterium Yersinia pestis and there are two types: bubonic and pneumonic. However, Van Kerkhove said there are thousands of cases of suspected plague every year around the world: “Between 2019 to 2025, 10 countries reported almost 4,000 suspected human plague cases and 423 deaths.” Central Asia is the hot spot, and people are infected by bacteria carried by small rodents. “Sometimes there are small, sporadic outbreaks. Plague is caused by a bacteria. There are antibiotics that can treat this. So if anyone does have an infection with plague, it can be treated.” International Health Regulations requirements In terms of the International Health Regulations (IHR), WHO member states are legally obliged to assess public health risks and notify the WHO of any event that may constitute a public health emergency of international concern (PHEIC) within 24 hours of assessment. Although the WHO submitted its queries to Russia in terms of the IHR on Saturday, it took the government more than three days to respond. Dr Silvio Ciobanu from WHO’s European region and an IHR expert said countries have to answer four key questions in terms of the IHR: “How severe is the public health impact? Is it unusual and expected? Does it pose a risk of international spread? And does it pose a risk of trade or travel restrictions?” Ciobanu added that the IHR are “very explicit that a response is expected within 24 hours, and then after that, state parties may require a little bit of extra time to collect all the additional information”. Less Than 1% of International Development Finance Targets Air Pollution 07/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Thick smog blankets the skyline of Bangkok, Thailand. International development lenders committed $4.7 billion in 2024 to projects aimed explicitly at reducing air pollution, less than 1% of all international development finance, according to an annual analysis published Tuesday by the Clean Air Fund (CAF). That was up 58% from $3.0 billion in 2023, nearly matching the 2022 peak of $4.8 billion. A broader measure, which also counts projects where cleaner air is a co- benefit, fell 6% to $28.7 billion, the first annual decline in five years. Five of the ten most polluted countries got less than $2 per citizen, and most of the money came in the form of loans, the analysis found. Air pollution causes 7.9 million premature deaths a year, nine in ten of them in low- and middle-income countries, according to Health Effects Institute figures. It costs the equivalent of nearly 5% of global GDP, the World Bank estimates, and targeted policies could halve the number of people exposed to dangerous levels by 2040, with economic benefits of up to $2.4 trillion. “Funding remains worryingly low, concentrated on a limited number of places, and misaligned with countries facing the greatest burden,” said Sean Maguire, executive director for strategic partnerships at CAF. Top 10 polluted countries and their total air quality funding, 2024. The data analysed stops in 2024, before the largest annual drop in development aid on record hit the following year. Development assistance for health fell by more than a fifth in 2025, to $39.1 billion, its lowest level in over 15 years, according to estimates by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). US health aid fell 67%. Even before the cuts, air pollution drew little donor money relative to its toll, compared with causes such as food security, humanitarian relief or climate finance. Foundations gave it less than 0.1% of their global giving between 2019 and 2023, a separate CAF analysis found. “Recent gains remain fragile,” the report says. “The challenge is whether these gains can be sustained and scaled amid shrinking aid budgets.” The CAF report, produced with Climate Policy Initiative (CPI), tracks 2020-2024 commitments by development banks and donor governments. It excludes domestic budgets and private finance, and nearly nine in ten dollars it counts are loans. “With development budgets under growing pressure, clean air objectives must be built into wider development investment, so every dollar works harder and delivers benefits for health, climate and economies at the same time,” Maguire said. Most polluted countries left behind South Asia receives nearly a third of all air quality funding (2020-2024). Pakistan, Nepal, Myanmar, Cameroon and the Democratic Republic of Congo, five of the world’s ten most polluted countries, each received less than $2 per person in air quality funding in 2024. India, the second most polluted, was the exception, drawing 19% of all air quality funding that year. “Air quality funding is not going where pollution exposure and health risks are greatest,” Maguire said. Pakistan, ranked third for exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5), received about 3 cents per person. Between 2020 and 2024, it received $1.7 billion in what CAF calls fossil fuel-prolonging funding, nearly three times the $0.6 billion it received for all air quality projects combined. Bangladesh, the most polluted country in the ranking, was the largest recipient of fossil fuel-prolonging funding over the five years, at $3.7 billion. Bangladesh’s fossil fuel funding fell 96% in 2024, to $113 million, the report found. Over the five years, it received $7.8 billion in air quality funding. “Our analysis shows that money is not yet consistently following need, and that countries facing some of the highest pollution levels often have the least access to finance,” said Barbara Buchner, chief executive of CPI. A wide tent for what counts as clean air funding Projects that make no mention of air quality made up 84% of the air quality funding CAF counted in 2024. CAF and CPI find these co-benefit projects through keyword searches of project descriptions in OECD and development bank data, projecting a clean air benefit from the type of project. The methodology captures investments in public transportation like buses, railways and metro lines, wastewater plants and networks, solid waste, household energy efficiency, food waste and soil health. It does not check whether individual projects actually cut pollution. Transport accounted for 62% of all air quality funding over the five years, with railways and public transport alone making up $53 billion. Two loans worth $5 billion for a high-speed rail line between Mumbai and Ahmedabad made up 14% of South Asia’s air quality funding. “Investment in railways, public transport and cleaner mobility is demonstrating how better connectivity and economic development can go hand in hand with cleaner air,” said Fu Lu, CAF’s regional director for Southeast Asia. “We need these benefits to be shared by many more people and places.” Because co-benefit funding tracks wider lending for transport and infrastructure, its growth provides only mixed signals about whether funders are prioritizing clean air specifically. Total air quality funding, co-benefit projects included, has held at 5.6% of international development funding across the last two five-year periods, while the outdoor share slipped from 0.8% to 0.7%. The narrower outdoor category leans on similar projects. Under the keyword rules CAF published last year, a transport or water project counts as explicit clean air funding if its description also mentions air, health or exposure. Ten projects made up 53% of outdoor funding over 2020-2024, seven of them rail or public transport, mostly metro lines. CAF itself found “no structural shift towards explicitly targeting air quality improvements” over the medium term. Loans dominate co-benefit finance Loans made up 89% of the $124.6 billion in air quality funding between 2020 and 2024, about $110 billion. Grants accounted for 7.7%. Co-benefit projects, which make no mention of air quality, made up $108.7 billion of the total. Concessional funding fell from $19 billion to $12 billion, while non-concessional funding rose from $12 billion to $17 billion, 58% of the total. Concessional loans carry below-market interest but still have to be repaid. In 2024, the balance tipped further toward market-rate lending. In CAF’s figures, which follow OECD aid classifications, concessional finance counts as aid, and aid budgets are shrinking, with the OECD projecting a further 5.8% drop in 2026. The reliance on loans in the donor landscape may put air quality funding beyond reach for countries already carrying heavy debts, according to CAF’s analysis. Official development assistance from OECD donors fell 23.1% in real terms in 2025, to $174.3 billion, according to preliminary OECD data, as the United States cut its aid by 56.9%. Across the global South, debt service is absorbing 45% of government revenue in 2025 and exceeds combined spending on education, health and social protection by 20%, according to Development Finance International’s Debt Service Watch. A narrow measure of fossil fuel finance About $1.2 trillion is expected to flow into oil, gas and coal in 2026, according to the International Energy Agency’s annual investment report. Governments plan to produce 120% more fossil fuels in 2030 than would be consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C, according to the 2025 Production Gap Report. The International Monetary Fund puts explicit fossil fuel subsidies at $725 billion in 2024. Implicit subsidies, three-quarters of them the unpriced cost of air pollution and climate damage, add $6.7 trillion. Removing both would mean 1.1 million fewer premature deaths from air pollution, the IMF estimates. Against those sums, the report counted $4.7 billion in what it calls fossil fuel-prolonging development finance in 2024, down 48% from 2023, and said that put it level with outdoor air quality funding. The report counts only international public development finance recorded in OECD data, and only projects that build polluting assets, such as power plants, pipelines and airports, or that promote polluting activities. Private banks, domestic state spending, guarantees, most export credit and fuel subsidies fall outside it, and road building was dropped from the count this year. G20 governments and multilateral development banks provided at least $47 billion a year in international public finance for oil, gas and coal between 2020 and 2022, according to the campaign group Oil Change International. About 65% came through export credit agencies, which CAF’s figures largely leave out. The report warns that continued investment in long-lived fossil fuel assets risks “lock-in to a fossil fuel-dependent development pathway.” It also acknowledges that such funding can support energy access and security in developing countries. Last year’s edition urged donors to end funding for fossil fuel-prolonging projects. None of this year’s five recommendations mentions fossil fuels. Image Credits: urf/Getty Images via Canva. GLP-1 Drugs? Surgery? WHO Issues Guidelines for Obesity in Children 07/10/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Obesity is growing fastest among children and adolescents The World Health Organization (WHO) released its first-ever guidelines to address how clinicians should manage obesity in children and adolescents, which include conditional recommendations for obesity medications and even surgery for children over the age of 10. Since 1990, the number of children ages 5-9 years and adolescents 10-19 years living with obesity has quadrupled, skyrocketing from 2% to 8%. Upwards of 170 million children and adolescents now live with the chronic condition, which increases the risk of a host of medical complications, including type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. For children especially, obesity can come with stigmatisation, discrimination, and bullying, the WHO notes. Obesity in children is projected to increase most rapidly in lower- and middle-income countries, where access to healthy foods and exercise now mirrors that in upper-income countries. The growing global burden of overweight and obese children has led the WHO to issue guidelines for what it terms “person-centered” care, which is a combination of nutrition, physical activity, behavioral management, and in some cases, medication or even surgery. The WHO recommendations are based on an evaluation of 35 scholarly review articles, but research is still evolving, especially for pharmaceutical-based interventions in children. WHO’s childhood obesity management recommendations. Conditional recommendations for medication For children under 10, the WHO does not recommend obesity drugs or bariatric surgery. Instead, the focus should be on structured interventions such as healthy eating, physical activity, and behavioral change, Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of the WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, told a press conference in Geneva this week. If this three-pronged approach fails for adolescents, WHO recommends that, in some instances, obesity drugs could be used if the child is mentally and physically prepared. Several blockbuster drugs now dominate the weight loss market. In the US, nearly one in five adults reported taking a GLP-1 drug such as Ozempic or Weygovy at some point for diabetes or weight loss. The WHO notably added GLP-1s to its recommended guidelines for obesity treatment for adults in 2025, a step in what the global health agency said is a “conditional” sign of approval for the cutting-edge medications that have become so popular. The picture for children is a bit more complicated, WHO scientists said. While pharmaceutical giants Novo Nordisk and Eli Lilly are both running clinical trials in children as young as six, the WHO had little research to draw on to assess whether the drugs meet the bar of safety or efficacy for children under 10. But that hasn’t stopped prescriptions, as a study published in the journal Pediatrics reported that the number of children aged eight to 11 on GLP-1s “increased sharply” between 2019 and 2026. Their study estimates that out of a cohort of over 3.5 million children with obesity – and without diabetes – roughly 20,000 children were prescribed GLP-1s. Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, speaking at a press conference in Geneva. A recent analysis from Lurie Children’s Hospital in Chicago found that GLP-1s may be linked to nutritional deficiencies in children, most notably a lack of vitamin D. The researchers found that only 5% of pediatric patients on GLP-1s received nutritional counseling. “As appropriate pediatric use of GLP-1s becomes more widespread, we need to understand the risks during periods of rapid growth and pubertal development,” said Dr Justin Ryder, the study’s senior author and vice chair of research for the Department of Surgery at Lurie Children’s Hospital. Ryder, who is also an associate professor of surgery and pediatrics at Northwestern University, commented in a press release that the study highlights the need for proactive nutrition counseling as children are growing, as any deficiencies early in life could have lasting effects. There are also concerns about adherence to the drug regimen and long-term effects when children start so young, said Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, the unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action at WHO. He cautioned that because obesity is a long-term chronic condition, it is especially important to understand these drugs in children before recommending them. That is why the guidelines don’t focus on or recommend a specific weight loss drug. “WHO recognizes this is a rapidly evolving field,” said De Regil. Her team is monitoring data as it becomes available on long-term anti-obesity medications in children. Surgery in severe teen cases Bariatric surgery also falls under a conditional recommendation for adolescents 10-19 years old. With only a handful of studies to analyze, the team acknowledged that the balance of benefits and harms “are not entirely clear.” Again, WHO stresses that the decision to undergo an invasive surgery requires “physical and mental maturity” for those with the most severe forms of obesity. “That’s why it’s conditional,” said Dr Maria Nieves Garcia Casal, a WHO scientist in the Department of Nutrition and Food Safety. The WHO only recommends surgery for those with a Body Mass Index (BMI) for age greater than four standard deviations above the WHO growth reference median, which is a high threshold for a surgical intervention. Nutrition, exercise, mental health Ultra-processed food is a staple diet for Mexican 10-year-old Ricky and his mother, Alicia. The WHO recommends dietary interventions to manage childhood obesity. The guidelines stress that obesity management goes beyond simple weight loss, involving a combination of structured dietary, exercise, and behavior-changing interventions that work best when tailored to the individual. Digital technologies, including active video games or phone apps that encourage movement, could also help children manage their obesity, although the WHO’s recommendation is conditional as excessive screen time should be limited. The recommendations also emphasise the importance of addressing mental health alongside obesity: “Anxiety, depression, low self-esteem and emotional dysregulation can contribute to unhealthy eating behaviours, physical inactivity and social withdrawal, and children and adolescents living with obesity may experience stigma and bullying that harm their emotional well-being,” the WHO notes in a media release issued alongside the guidelines. Worrying trends in low- and middle- income countries Obesity is on the rise globally and across all regions; however, the rate of increase has mostly plateaued in developed nations, while it is increasing in low- and middle-income countries. In much of Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, Caribbean and Pacific Island nations, and South and Southeast Asia, the rate of childhood obesity is rapidly accelerating. In some countries with already high burdens of childhood obesity, like in the US and the Middle East, that rate is mostly stagnant. A Nature study published earlier this year noted that the increase in obesity rates in children is happening across regions and afflicting most low- and middle-income countries: Tanzania, Rwanda, Ethiopia, Nepal, Bangladesh, Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, and Chile all saw steady or rapid increases in the past three decades. “These highly varied dynamics suggest that the social, economic and technological trends that influence the availability, affordability and use of different foods may have helped control the rise in obesity in high-income countries,” the study authors write, “but require policy interventions in low-income and middle-income countries.” Obesity in children is accelerating most rapidly in low and middle-income countries, per a May 2026 Nature article. Prevention and treatment go ‘hand in hand’ While the guidelines focus on treating obesity in children, the WHO acknowledged the role of addressing a child’s environment, including unhealthy food options in schools, persistent marketing of unhealthy food to children, and the lack of safe places to play. Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action, argued that much of what remains outside of a child’s individual control has deep consequences for their obesity risk. These include whether a child was breastfed, their junk food marketing environment, and their school environment. “Countries need to create environments that make healthy diets and physical activity accessible and affordable, while ensuring that children and adolescents already living with obesity can access high-quality care free from stigma and discrimination,” said De Regil. “We need to prevent obesity wherever we can, and ensure that those already living with obesity receive the care and support they need.” Image Credits: Commons , WHO, UNICEF, Nature/ NCD-RisC. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed 06/10/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Felix Sassmannshausen A Chinese candidate reportedly is waiting in the wings to join the race for WHO Director General. China has nominated a prominent Chinese health official for WHO Director General in the 2027 elections, multiple diplomatic sources have confirmed to Health Policy Watch. But there are mixed reports about who that candidate actually may be. Some high-level sources have cited Song Li, a senior Chinese Communist Party official who mounted a failed bid for the post of Regional Director for WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office (WPRO) in 2023. Others, however, have denied that she is a candidate, noting that after losing the 2023 election, Beijing wants a stronger contender for a global race. Song Li, Director-General, Department of Women & Children’s Health, National Health Commission (NHC), People’s Republic of China. Either way, China’s immense and still growing geopolitical range of influence from the Western Pacific to Southeast Asia and Africa means it could mount a serious campaign that could permanently shift the delicate balance of power at the WHO following the withdrawal of the United States from the organization last year. WHO election rules hinder transparency The picture is complicated by the fact that under WHO rules, public disclosure of Song, and any other potential candidate from China or elsewhere, is only required at the end of this month, after the conclusion of the WHO European Regional Committee Meeting on 29 October, the last in the series of WHO regional conferences of member states. This is according to the WHO election process rulebook, which creates a one-month gap between the formal submission of nominations to WHO by member states and public disclosure. Six prospective candidates have already been announced on the WHO election website, as reported by Health Policy Watch after nominations formally closed on 24 September. But their names were published at the discretion of the sponsoring countries, WHO has explained. Nominations don’t have to be formally disclosed until the end of the final WHO Regional Committee meeting, according to the WHO handbook of rules, a spokesperson told Health Policy Watch. The Permanent Mission of China to the UN in Geneva did not respond to several Health Policy Watch queries about the DG nomination, sent over the past few days. Quietly professional – but still a Communist Party official Song, Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission, has sat on several WHO technical committees related to maternal and newborn health. At the time of the 2023 campaign for WPRO RD, she was described as “quietly professional” by global health veteran Mukesh Kapila, in a Health Policy Watch analysis of that election campaign. “But will China refrain from influencing her so that she can function genuinely independently? Chinese incumbents in international organisations often remain under obligation to their own authorities, and can even be summoned home if they displease their masters,” Kapila, a columnist and Health Policy Watch board member, asked at the time. ‘No surprise’ for Europeans Others are asking similar questions now. “It would come as no surprise if China were to put forward their candidate,” a senior European global health policymaker said in an interview last week with Health Policy Watch on the reports of a China candidate for DG, speaking on the margins of the European Health Forum – Gastein. “They see a chance to fill the power void that the United States has left behind.” However, the diplomat expressed doubts as to whether Beijing could mobilize sufficient votes to actually win the race. While acknowledging the risk of increased polarization within the world’s premier health agency, he described Beijing’s diplomatic approach as “very nuanced,” noting that while Europeans view China as a competitor in some areas, it’s also a partner in others. Concerns in Washington DC more likely As the US has withdrawn from WHO, China is filling the vacuum. But the prospect of a Chinese Director-General is likely to raise very different concerns in Washington as compared to Europe, says Kieran Bligh, a former WHO staff member doing doctoral studies on global health leadership at George Washington University and a Health Policy Watch fellow. “The bigger risk is that Washington vacates the space and China fills it,” he says. “The WHO could increasingly become a tool used against US interests while (Washington) has no seat at the table due to the US withdrawal from the agency.” In an early September Bligh predicted that Beijing would soon make a public move in the Director-General race, stating: “China is doing what any serious global power would do: making sure it has influence over who leads the world’s health agency.” From Asia’s Belt and Road to Central Africa A coltan mine in M-23 Rubaya, North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo. China also plays a key role in the refinement and distribution of this vital mineral. The potential for China to muster significant votes to any candidate it mounts is significant, observers say. For one thing, China has recently been appointed to the WHO Executive Board (EB) of 34 member states. China joined WHO’s EB governing body in May 2026, after securing the seat at the 2025 WPRO Regional Committee, as reported by Health Policy Watch. In February 2027, the Executive Board will select three finalists for the race – out of the bloc of declared contenders. Africa’s 54 WHO member states often vote in a bloc on many major WHO policy issues. Forty-seven African states are affiliated with WHO’s African Region, while another seven North and Horn of Africa nations are members of the Eastern Mediterranean Region of the WHO. China’s outsized financial and political influence in Africa extends everywhere on the continent. Chinese firms, for instance, control 70-80% of the copper and cobalt mining in Ebola-stricken Democratic Republic of Congo, including not only legitimate ventures but hundreds of illegal extraction sites in South Kivu province alone where impoverished African families labour. It also plays a key role in distributions of other vital minerals like coltan, critical for electronics, and for which DRC produces 40% of the worlds supply. Coltan is mined artisanally and smuggled illegally over the border to Rwanda and then onward to China and the United Arab Emirates for refining. Child laborers in one of the hundreds of illegal mines in the DRC’s South Kivu province – most of which are operated by Chinese nationals. Across the continent, China has invested nearly $200 billion in port, rail and road projects, as well as modern agrobusinesses, which it is increasingly operating as well. Local African markets are rife with cheap imports of Chinese consumer goods. China is the world’s largest official creditor and the single largest bilateral source of official-sector financing to the developing world, according to AidData. Similarly, the massive Belt and Road Initiative has extended Beijing’s economic and political influence across Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Europe and even Latin America. “Money matters,” Bligh says. “Those influences do not disappear when governments walk into a secret ballot [at the Executive Board level, or later, at the full World Health Assembly], and debt exposure can be powerful leverage.” He argues that if a Chinese candidate were to win the DG race, burning issues like the origins of the SARS-CoV2 virus would likely be buried forever, and WHO collaborations in future independent inquiries could be suppressed. To date, China has never responded to WHO requests for blood samples or genetic sequences of the virus from the first patients infected in Wuhan or detailed information about the status of animals sold at Wuhan’s wet markets – where the virus first emerged in late 2019. Nor has it provided detailed data on the research work and biosafety conditions in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. These are the two leading sources from which scientists believe the virus first began to circulate widely. Wuhan’s Huanan seafood market was shuttered early in 2020, down after COVID emerged in the vicinity. But China’s government has provided little data to WHO on the early days of the SARS-CoV2 virus circulation among animals or humans. WHO needs competent, credible leadership most of all Magda Robalo, president and co-founder of The Institute for Global Health and Development (IGHD), prefers to see the glass half full rather than empty. “Supporters might argue this reflects the growing importance of Asian economies in global health. Critics might worry about political influence over sensitive issues involving transparency, disease reporting, or geopolitical disputes,” the former Guinea-Bissau Minister of Health told Health Policy Watch. “WHO needs a competent, credible and strong leader, able to build consensus among its 194 member states and reform WHO to focus on science, its core strengths and functions, irrespective of nationality or sex,” she said. “One cannot ignore the fact that current geopolitical tension, mistrust, fragmentation and erosion of multilateralism will certainly increase scrutiny on candidates’ ties and citizenship. A Chinese DG candidate could be seen by some countries as reinforcing China’s influence in international institutions. Health is political after all.” “[But] China has significantly expanded its role in global health over the past two decades through investments in health systems, disease surveillance, vaccine production, and health aid, particularly in Africa and Asia,” she concluded. Already the largest WHO contributor and heading FAO Dongyu Qu – FAO DG: ‘ We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights.’ Long overshadowed by high-income WHO member states in the Americas, Europe and Asia, China is today WHO’s largest state contributor in terms of assessed dues, paying the sum of $137.8 million in 2026. At the 2025 Assembly, Vice-Premier Liu Guozhong pledged an additional $500 million over five years, with a line aimed at Washington: “The world is now facing the impacts of unilateralism and power politics.” However, the WHO notes that the pledged additional amount is still “to be confirmed”. The US, meanwhile, owes $280.9 million in membership arrears and faces suspension of its vote at the very Assembly that will elect the next DG. China already holds the top job at another major UN specialized agency. Dongyu Qu, a Chinese national nominated by Beijing, has served as Director-General of the UN Food and Agriculture Organization since 2019 and is now in his second term. Dongyu recently came under fire for his scathing comments about other senior FAO officials “playing the game of human rights” at the Rome-based agency. “We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights,” he was filmed saying at a recent FAO assembly. “Of course, human rights is very important. But we have the human rights agency in Geneva. If you want to take care of that, go there.” Aside from Dongyu’s views, the fact that he holds the DG position at a UN agency is an informal barrier to a Chinese nominee winning the election for WHO DG, as countries have typically preferred that powerful leadership roles are distributed amongst UN member states, rather than concentrated with one nation. Meanwhile, the secrecy surrounding the definitive list of candidates also opens the way for a closet game of poker, in which a country with an undisclosed candidate could potentially leverage commitments from one of the other, publicly declared competitors for post-election policies or appointments in exchange for withdrawing quietly from the race. Not the first time China has held senior leadership roles at WHO Dr Margaret Chan, WHO Director General from 2006-2016 But this would not at all be the first time that senior posts were awarded based on nationalities and not only competencies. In fact, a DG’s appointments of his or her Assistant Directors Generals and other senior managers are often payback for support received during the campaign. It would not be the first time, at all, that a Chinese national held a senior position at WHO. From May 2023 – Jun 2025, Ailan Li served as an Assistant Director-General, Universal Health Coverage, Healthier Populations under Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. Following the 2025 WHO budget crisis leading to staff reductions, Li’s position was eliminated. She is now the WHO Representative to Thailand. Moreover, a Chinese national, Margaret Chan, first elected in November 2006 and holding the Director General’s post from 2007 to 2017, the first ever to do so. But Chan was a native of Hong Kong and a senior health official there during the first SARS outbreak – a period that preceded China’s brutal 2020 crackdown on dissent, Hong Kong’s free media and its semi-autonomous governance, which the island had seen since 1997. Chan was also a dual Canadian national. Secrecy adds to potential leverage against other candidates The candidacy of any high-level member of the Chinese Communist Party, if it were to materialize, would still be unprecedented in terms of the level and scope of influence it would open up to Beijing. Equally unprecedented is the amount of leverage that a shadow candidate nominated by Beijing or by any other member state could wield on other DG competitors, between now and the end of the month, when full disclosure will be required by the WHO rules. The technical loophole that has emerged, therefore, is in how the horses leave the gate. This is a muddy start to a race that most global health pundits describe as a crossroads that could determine the very survival of WHO as a robust, independent global health entity in the UN family. Correction: an earlier version of this story said that Margaret Chan was WHO Director General from 2006-2016, when in fact she was elected in November, 2006 but only took over the position in 2007, serving until 2017. Image Credits: Wikipedia Commons, WHO, ©The Rudin Group , MONUSCO/Sylvain Liechti, Harvard-Kennedy School, Deutsche Welle. Extreme Heat Is Making Pregnancy More Dangerous for Mothers and Newborns 06/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Extreme heat is raising the risks of pregnancy and early infancy as the world warms. Health advocates are pushing to make mothers and newborns a priority at COP31. Nearly three in four maternal healthcare workers say extreme heat-related complications among pregnant women have increased over the past five years, according to a five-country survey released as climate ministers gathered in Fiji for the last major meeting before COP31. The poll of 1,001 obstetricians, midwives, nurses and other maternity staff in Australia, Brazil, India, the UK and Zimbabwe, commissioned by Wellcome Trust, found 73% had seen more heat-related cases or complications in pregnant women. Another 76% reported an increase in foetal or newborn health issues. “Midwives and doctors from countries across five continents are telling us that extreme heat is affecting the health of pregnant women and newborn babies,” said Julia Gillard, Wellcome’s chair and a former Australian prime minister. “No woman should have to fear that extreme heat will harm the baby she is carrying.” Almost all respondents said they had personally cared for a pregnant woman (98%) or a baby (99%) whose health they believed extreme heat had harmed, and 92% said they wanted more training and resources to protect pregnant women during extreme heat. The findings were launched on Monday at the opening of Wellcome’s Birthright campaign in Fiji, on the first day of the pre-COP ministerial meeting, where UN climat chief Simon Stiell warned that “pregnancy and birth are now a new fault line in the global climate crisis.” “Climate-driven extreme heat during pregnancy is increasingly linked to premature birth, stillbirth, low birth weight, and maternal complications,” Stiell said. “A changing climate must never be accepted as a reason pregnancy and birth become less safe.” “Pregnancy should be a time of hope,” he added. “But for millions, it is becoming a time of anxiety, as climate impacts fill everyday life with risk.” Over half of respondents (55%) said clearer national or international guidance would help them provide better care. Wellcome is calling on the World Health Organization (WHO) to produce its first clinical guideline on heat, pregnancy and the postpartum period, and on governments to write pregnant women and newborns into their national climate and health plans. “As the planet continues to heat up because of anthropogenic climate change, more mothers and babies will be put at risk,” said Gillard. “Extreme heat is an invisible killer, but pregnant women must not be invisible.” Pressure on maternity services Mothers and their newborns will face higher risks as the planet continues to warm, driving extreme heat to new levels. About a quarter of respondents, 23%, had seen pregnancy complications requiring additional monitoring or treatment that they linked to extreme heat. Among newborns, 36% reported dehydration or heat-related illness, 34% low birth weight or restricted growth and 33% difficulties with feeding, breathing or regulating body temperature. Over a quarter (27%) said heat is making it harder for pregnant women and their families to travel to or reach care, while 29% reported a rise in urgent or emergency presentations. Some 28% said they had struggled to store medicines, supplies or equipment safely, and 24% had dealt with interruptions to electricity, water or cooling. Health workers in Zimbabwe reported the sharpest rise, with 85% saying heat-related complications in pregnant women had increased, compared with 79% in Australia, 74% in Brazil, 66% in the UK and 62% in India. The poll, run online by Censuswide between 17 September and 1 October, records what health workers say they have seen rather than clinical case records. Wellcome’s methodology notes the results are unweighted, not nationally representative and do not establish that heat caused individual complications. None of the five countries surveyed is classed as low-income by the World Bank, yet pregnancy is already far deadlier in the poorest countries. About 260,000 women died during or after pregnancy and childbirth in 2023, according to WHO, and roughly 70% of those deaths occurred in sub-Saharan Africa. A woman in a low-income country faces a one in 66 lifetime risk of dying from maternal causes, compared with one in 7,933 in a high-income country, leaving the world far off track for its 2030 target. In sub-Saharan Africa, a 15-year-old girl faces a one in 40 lifetime risk of dying from a maternal cause, according to UN estimates for 2020. Almost 95% of maternal deaths that year occurred in low- and lower-middle-income countries, while 73 countries, most of them in Europe or Latin America and the Caribbean, were estimated to have 20 or fewer maternal deaths. Yet a 2025 review of 83 heat-health action plans from 24 countries found none from low-income economies. Only 52% named pregnant women as an at-risk group, 39% newborns and 14% postpartum or breastfeeding women. “We already know many of the solutions to protect people, from early warning systems to cooler buildings,” said Madeleine Thomson, Wellcome’s head of climate impacts and adaptation. The challenge, she added, is reaching “those who need them most.” A test of climate action Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, called addressing the impacts of extreme heat on newborns and pregnant women “a new fault line” in the climate fight. Ministers from more than 50 countries are meeting in Nadi until Thursday, with a leaders’ event in Tuvalu, in the last major round of talks before COP31 opens in Antalya, Türkiye, on 9 November. Speaking at the Birthright launch, Stiell said advice to stay cool offers little to women with “no cool place to go,” and that safe childbirth already depends heavily on geography, income and access to care. “Without action, extreme heat will widen that injustice.” His three priorities for governments are: writing pregnancy and newborn care into national adaptation, health and heat plans; turning evidence into protection through guidance, training and heat alerts; and collecting better data. “Harm that is not counted is too easily ignored,” he said, adding that governments need data to track where the risks are rising, who is most exposed, which protections work and where finance and technology should go. Stiell tied the issue to the fight over adaptation finance, urging governments to deliver on commitments made at COP30 in Belém, and pointed to the Belém Adaptation Indicators and Gender Action Plan as ways to measure climate-related health risks. “A newborn’s healthy start must never depend on a family’s ability to escape the heat,” he said. Türkiye’s presidency has made “Dynamic and Resilient Health Systems” one of 10 priority themes on its COP31 Action Agenda, and the summit will open with a dedicated Health Day. That agenda is voluntary, however, and health has no standalone item in the negotiations. Its foothold in the formal text runs through the Global Goal on Adaptation, under which countries adopted 59 indicators at COP30, eight of them on health. Record heat, rising risks The survey follows a northern summer in which 33 countries recorded their hottest July on record, according to an AFP analysis of Copernicus data. The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration found July 2026 tied with July 2024 as the hottest on record globally. Last year’s Lancet Countdown estimated that there were 546,000 heat-related deaths per year over the most recent decade, and found that 84% of heatwave days between 2020 and 2024 would not have occurred without climate change. A 2024 meta-analysis of 198 studies across 66 countries found the odds of preterm birth rose 4% for every 1°C increase in heat exposure and 26% during heatwaves. The odds of obstetric complications rose 25% during heatwaves. “With El Niño pushing temperatures higher, the failure to act is costing lives,” said Thomson. “Extreme heat, fuelled by climate change is impacting our way of life and our health – and yet many countries are not prepared.” Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts
WHO Asks Russia for More Information About Death of Plague Unit Employee 07/10/2026 Kerry Cullinan Dr Tedros addressing the media briefing. The World Health Organization (WHO) has asked the Russian government for more information about the death of an employee at a Siberian plague research unit, including details about the laboratory tests conducted on her, the WHO Director-General told a media briefing on Thursday. The WHO has also asked Russia for more details about the public health measures it has imposed, the health status of the woman’s contacts, and whether a second employee has been infected with “pneumonia of undetermined cause”, said Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. This follows reports on Monday of the death of a 27-year-old female employee at the Irkutsk Anti-plague Research Institute of Siberia and the Far East – possibly of pneumonic plague. The employee was hospitalised at Shelekhov Hospital on 29 September with symptoms of pneumonia, placed on a ventilator and died a few days later, according to media reports. Tedros said that the WHO had sent queries to Russia on Saturday, and received a report on Wednesday that “no case of plague had recently been reported in the Irkutsk Oblast” where the research unit is, and that they had “placed about 200 [of the woman’s] contacts in quarantine”. WHO has also offered Russia technical support related to “plague and lab biosafety and biosecurity”, Tedros said, adding that “we don’t yet have the full picture of this event, and we are not able to conduct a full risk assessment”. Broken test tube? Dr Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO director of epidemic and pandemic management. Some media reports say the employee died after breaking a test tube in the laboratory, but Dr Maria van Kerkhove, WHO director of Epidemic and Pandemic Management, said that employees working in such laboratories would wear personal protective equipment (PPE) and be vaccinated against various diseases. “We are following up on what type of PPE would be used, and under which conditions? What were they doing with these pathogens?” said Van Kerkhove. “If there was a lab incident in this lab, there are procedures that must be followed in terms of the assessment that they do in the lab. There would be post-exposure prophylaxis, for example, for this individual. They would probably run tests, so there’s more to come as it relates to what actually happened,” she explained. “What we have been told is that [Russia] has no case of plague registered in this area, and that no high threat pathogens were detected. So clearly, we would like more information to understand which laboratory tests were conducted, which pathogens were evaluated, and if this individual didn’t die from plague, then then how did she die?” Van Kerkhove added. Plague is a severe, life-threatening infection caused by the bacterium Yersinia pestis and there are two types: bubonic and pneumonic. However, Van Kerkhove said there are thousands of cases of suspected plague every year around the world: “Between 2019 to 2025, 10 countries reported almost 4,000 suspected human plague cases and 423 deaths.” Central Asia is the hot spot, and people are infected by bacteria carried by small rodents. “Sometimes there are small, sporadic outbreaks. Plague is caused by a bacteria. There are antibiotics that can treat this. So if anyone does have an infection with plague, it can be treated.” International Health Regulations requirements In terms of the International Health Regulations (IHR), WHO member states are legally obliged to assess public health risks and notify the WHO of any event that may constitute a public health emergency of international concern (PHEIC) within 24 hours of assessment. Although the WHO submitted its queries to Russia in terms of the IHR on Saturday, it took the government more than three days to respond. Dr Silvio Ciobanu from WHO’s European region and an IHR expert said countries have to answer four key questions in terms of the IHR: “How severe is the public health impact? Is it unusual and expected? Does it pose a risk of international spread? And does it pose a risk of trade or travel restrictions?” Ciobanu added that the IHR are “very explicit that a response is expected within 24 hours, and then after that, state parties may require a little bit of extra time to collect all the additional information”. Less Than 1% of International Development Finance Targets Air Pollution 07/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Thick smog blankets the skyline of Bangkok, Thailand. International development lenders committed $4.7 billion in 2024 to projects aimed explicitly at reducing air pollution, less than 1% of all international development finance, according to an annual analysis published Tuesday by the Clean Air Fund (CAF). That was up 58% from $3.0 billion in 2023, nearly matching the 2022 peak of $4.8 billion. A broader measure, which also counts projects where cleaner air is a co- benefit, fell 6% to $28.7 billion, the first annual decline in five years. Five of the ten most polluted countries got less than $2 per citizen, and most of the money came in the form of loans, the analysis found. Air pollution causes 7.9 million premature deaths a year, nine in ten of them in low- and middle-income countries, according to Health Effects Institute figures. It costs the equivalent of nearly 5% of global GDP, the World Bank estimates, and targeted policies could halve the number of people exposed to dangerous levels by 2040, with economic benefits of up to $2.4 trillion. “Funding remains worryingly low, concentrated on a limited number of places, and misaligned with countries facing the greatest burden,” said Sean Maguire, executive director for strategic partnerships at CAF. Top 10 polluted countries and their total air quality funding, 2024. The data analysed stops in 2024, before the largest annual drop in development aid on record hit the following year. Development assistance for health fell by more than a fifth in 2025, to $39.1 billion, its lowest level in over 15 years, according to estimates by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). US health aid fell 67%. Even before the cuts, air pollution drew little donor money relative to its toll, compared with causes such as food security, humanitarian relief or climate finance. Foundations gave it less than 0.1% of their global giving between 2019 and 2023, a separate CAF analysis found. “Recent gains remain fragile,” the report says. “The challenge is whether these gains can be sustained and scaled amid shrinking aid budgets.” The CAF report, produced with Climate Policy Initiative (CPI), tracks 2020-2024 commitments by development banks and donor governments. It excludes domestic budgets and private finance, and nearly nine in ten dollars it counts are loans. “With development budgets under growing pressure, clean air objectives must be built into wider development investment, so every dollar works harder and delivers benefits for health, climate and economies at the same time,” Maguire said. Most polluted countries left behind South Asia receives nearly a third of all air quality funding (2020-2024). Pakistan, Nepal, Myanmar, Cameroon and the Democratic Republic of Congo, five of the world’s ten most polluted countries, each received less than $2 per person in air quality funding in 2024. India, the second most polluted, was the exception, drawing 19% of all air quality funding that year. “Air quality funding is not going where pollution exposure and health risks are greatest,” Maguire said. Pakistan, ranked third for exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5), received about 3 cents per person. Between 2020 and 2024, it received $1.7 billion in what CAF calls fossil fuel-prolonging funding, nearly three times the $0.6 billion it received for all air quality projects combined. Bangladesh, the most polluted country in the ranking, was the largest recipient of fossil fuel-prolonging funding over the five years, at $3.7 billion. Bangladesh’s fossil fuel funding fell 96% in 2024, to $113 million, the report found. Over the five years, it received $7.8 billion in air quality funding. “Our analysis shows that money is not yet consistently following need, and that countries facing some of the highest pollution levels often have the least access to finance,” said Barbara Buchner, chief executive of CPI. A wide tent for what counts as clean air funding Projects that make no mention of air quality made up 84% of the air quality funding CAF counted in 2024. CAF and CPI find these co-benefit projects through keyword searches of project descriptions in OECD and development bank data, projecting a clean air benefit from the type of project. The methodology captures investments in public transportation like buses, railways and metro lines, wastewater plants and networks, solid waste, household energy efficiency, food waste and soil health. It does not check whether individual projects actually cut pollution. Transport accounted for 62% of all air quality funding over the five years, with railways and public transport alone making up $53 billion. Two loans worth $5 billion for a high-speed rail line between Mumbai and Ahmedabad made up 14% of South Asia’s air quality funding. “Investment in railways, public transport and cleaner mobility is demonstrating how better connectivity and economic development can go hand in hand with cleaner air,” said Fu Lu, CAF’s regional director for Southeast Asia. “We need these benefits to be shared by many more people and places.” Because co-benefit funding tracks wider lending for transport and infrastructure, its growth provides only mixed signals about whether funders are prioritizing clean air specifically. Total air quality funding, co-benefit projects included, has held at 5.6% of international development funding across the last two five-year periods, while the outdoor share slipped from 0.8% to 0.7%. The narrower outdoor category leans on similar projects. Under the keyword rules CAF published last year, a transport or water project counts as explicit clean air funding if its description also mentions air, health or exposure. Ten projects made up 53% of outdoor funding over 2020-2024, seven of them rail or public transport, mostly metro lines. CAF itself found “no structural shift towards explicitly targeting air quality improvements” over the medium term. Loans dominate co-benefit finance Loans made up 89% of the $124.6 billion in air quality funding between 2020 and 2024, about $110 billion. Grants accounted for 7.7%. Co-benefit projects, which make no mention of air quality, made up $108.7 billion of the total. Concessional funding fell from $19 billion to $12 billion, while non-concessional funding rose from $12 billion to $17 billion, 58% of the total. Concessional loans carry below-market interest but still have to be repaid. In 2024, the balance tipped further toward market-rate lending. In CAF’s figures, which follow OECD aid classifications, concessional finance counts as aid, and aid budgets are shrinking, with the OECD projecting a further 5.8% drop in 2026. The reliance on loans in the donor landscape may put air quality funding beyond reach for countries already carrying heavy debts, according to CAF’s analysis. Official development assistance from OECD donors fell 23.1% in real terms in 2025, to $174.3 billion, according to preliminary OECD data, as the United States cut its aid by 56.9%. Across the global South, debt service is absorbing 45% of government revenue in 2025 and exceeds combined spending on education, health and social protection by 20%, according to Development Finance International’s Debt Service Watch. A narrow measure of fossil fuel finance About $1.2 trillion is expected to flow into oil, gas and coal in 2026, according to the International Energy Agency’s annual investment report. Governments plan to produce 120% more fossil fuels in 2030 than would be consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C, according to the 2025 Production Gap Report. The International Monetary Fund puts explicit fossil fuel subsidies at $725 billion in 2024. Implicit subsidies, three-quarters of them the unpriced cost of air pollution and climate damage, add $6.7 trillion. Removing both would mean 1.1 million fewer premature deaths from air pollution, the IMF estimates. Against those sums, the report counted $4.7 billion in what it calls fossil fuel-prolonging development finance in 2024, down 48% from 2023, and said that put it level with outdoor air quality funding. The report counts only international public development finance recorded in OECD data, and only projects that build polluting assets, such as power plants, pipelines and airports, or that promote polluting activities. Private banks, domestic state spending, guarantees, most export credit and fuel subsidies fall outside it, and road building was dropped from the count this year. G20 governments and multilateral development banks provided at least $47 billion a year in international public finance for oil, gas and coal between 2020 and 2022, according to the campaign group Oil Change International. About 65% came through export credit agencies, which CAF’s figures largely leave out. The report warns that continued investment in long-lived fossil fuel assets risks “lock-in to a fossil fuel-dependent development pathway.” It also acknowledges that such funding can support energy access and security in developing countries. Last year’s edition urged donors to end funding for fossil fuel-prolonging projects. None of this year’s five recommendations mentions fossil fuels. Image Credits: urf/Getty Images via Canva. GLP-1 Drugs? Surgery? WHO Issues Guidelines for Obesity in Children 07/10/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Obesity is growing fastest among children and adolescents The World Health Organization (WHO) released its first-ever guidelines to address how clinicians should manage obesity in children and adolescents, which include conditional recommendations for obesity medications and even surgery for children over the age of 10. Since 1990, the number of children ages 5-9 years and adolescents 10-19 years living with obesity has quadrupled, skyrocketing from 2% to 8%. Upwards of 170 million children and adolescents now live with the chronic condition, which increases the risk of a host of medical complications, including type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. For children especially, obesity can come with stigmatisation, discrimination, and bullying, the WHO notes. Obesity in children is projected to increase most rapidly in lower- and middle-income countries, where access to healthy foods and exercise now mirrors that in upper-income countries. The growing global burden of overweight and obese children has led the WHO to issue guidelines for what it terms “person-centered” care, which is a combination of nutrition, physical activity, behavioral management, and in some cases, medication or even surgery. The WHO recommendations are based on an evaluation of 35 scholarly review articles, but research is still evolving, especially for pharmaceutical-based interventions in children. WHO’s childhood obesity management recommendations. Conditional recommendations for medication For children under 10, the WHO does not recommend obesity drugs or bariatric surgery. Instead, the focus should be on structured interventions such as healthy eating, physical activity, and behavioral change, Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of the WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, told a press conference in Geneva this week. If this three-pronged approach fails for adolescents, WHO recommends that, in some instances, obesity drugs could be used if the child is mentally and physically prepared. Several blockbuster drugs now dominate the weight loss market. In the US, nearly one in five adults reported taking a GLP-1 drug such as Ozempic or Weygovy at some point for diabetes or weight loss. The WHO notably added GLP-1s to its recommended guidelines for obesity treatment for adults in 2025, a step in what the global health agency said is a “conditional” sign of approval for the cutting-edge medications that have become so popular. The picture for children is a bit more complicated, WHO scientists said. While pharmaceutical giants Novo Nordisk and Eli Lilly are both running clinical trials in children as young as six, the WHO had little research to draw on to assess whether the drugs meet the bar of safety or efficacy for children under 10. But that hasn’t stopped prescriptions, as a study published in the journal Pediatrics reported that the number of children aged eight to 11 on GLP-1s “increased sharply” between 2019 and 2026. Their study estimates that out of a cohort of over 3.5 million children with obesity – and without diabetes – roughly 20,000 children were prescribed GLP-1s. Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, speaking at a press conference in Geneva. A recent analysis from Lurie Children’s Hospital in Chicago found that GLP-1s may be linked to nutritional deficiencies in children, most notably a lack of vitamin D. The researchers found that only 5% of pediatric patients on GLP-1s received nutritional counseling. “As appropriate pediatric use of GLP-1s becomes more widespread, we need to understand the risks during periods of rapid growth and pubertal development,” said Dr Justin Ryder, the study’s senior author and vice chair of research for the Department of Surgery at Lurie Children’s Hospital. Ryder, who is also an associate professor of surgery and pediatrics at Northwestern University, commented in a press release that the study highlights the need for proactive nutrition counseling as children are growing, as any deficiencies early in life could have lasting effects. There are also concerns about adherence to the drug regimen and long-term effects when children start so young, said Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, the unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action at WHO. He cautioned that because obesity is a long-term chronic condition, it is especially important to understand these drugs in children before recommending them. That is why the guidelines don’t focus on or recommend a specific weight loss drug. “WHO recognizes this is a rapidly evolving field,” said De Regil. Her team is monitoring data as it becomes available on long-term anti-obesity medications in children. Surgery in severe teen cases Bariatric surgery also falls under a conditional recommendation for adolescents 10-19 years old. With only a handful of studies to analyze, the team acknowledged that the balance of benefits and harms “are not entirely clear.” Again, WHO stresses that the decision to undergo an invasive surgery requires “physical and mental maturity” for those with the most severe forms of obesity. “That’s why it’s conditional,” said Dr Maria Nieves Garcia Casal, a WHO scientist in the Department of Nutrition and Food Safety. The WHO only recommends surgery for those with a Body Mass Index (BMI) for age greater than four standard deviations above the WHO growth reference median, which is a high threshold for a surgical intervention. Nutrition, exercise, mental health Ultra-processed food is a staple diet for Mexican 10-year-old Ricky and his mother, Alicia. The WHO recommends dietary interventions to manage childhood obesity. The guidelines stress that obesity management goes beyond simple weight loss, involving a combination of structured dietary, exercise, and behavior-changing interventions that work best when tailored to the individual. Digital technologies, including active video games or phone apps that encourage movement, could also help children manage their obesity, although the WHO’s recommendation is conditional as excessive screen time should be limited. The recommendations also emphasise the importance of addressing mental health alongside obesity: “Anxiety, depression, low self-esteem and emotional dysregulation can contribute to unhealthy eating behaviours, physical inactivity and social withdrawal, and children and adolescents living with obesity may experience stigma and bullying that harm their emotional well-being,” the WHO notes in a media release issued alongside the guidelines. Worrying trends in low- and middle- income countries Obesity is on the rise globally and across all regions; however, the rate of increase has mostly plateaued in developed nations, while it is increasing in low- and middle-income countries. In much of Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, Caribbean and Pacific Island nations, and South and Southeast Asia, the rate of childhood obesity is rapidly accelerating. In some countries with already high burdens of childhood obesity, like in the US and the Middle East, that rate is mostly stagnant. A Nature study published earlier this year noted that the increase in obesity rates in children is happening across regions and afflicting most low- and middle-income countries: Tanzania, Rwanda, Ethiopia, Nepal, Bangladesh, Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, and Chile all saw steady or rapid increases in the past three decades. “These highly varied dynamics suggest that the social, economic and technological trends that influence the availability, affordability and use of different foods may have helped control the rise in obesity in high-income countries,” the study authors write, “but require policy interventions in low-income and middle-income countries.” Obesity in children is accelerating most rapidly in low and middle-income countries, per a May 2026 Nature article. Prevention and treatment go ‘hand in hand’ While the guidelines focus on treating obesity in children, the WHO acknowledged the role of addressing a child’s environment, including unhealthy food options in schools, persistent marketing of unhealthy food to children, and the lack of safe places to play. Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action, argued that much of what remains outside of a child’s individual control has deep consequences for their obesity risk. These include whether a child was breastfed, their junk food marketing environment, and their school environment. “Countries need to create environments that make healthy diets and physical activity accessible and affordable, while ensuring that children and adolescents already living with obesity can access high-quality care free from stigma and discrimination,” said De Regil. “We need to prevent obesity wherever we can, and ensure that those already living with obesity receive the care and support they need.” Image Credits: Commons , WHO, UNICEF, Nature/ NCD-RisC. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed 06/10/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Felix Sassmannshausen A Chinese candidate reportedly is waiting in the wings to join the race for WHO Director General. China has nominated a prominent Chinese health official for WHO Director General in the 2027 elections, multiple diplomatic sources have confirmed to Health Policy Watch. But there are mixed reports about who that candidate actually may be. Some high-level sources have cited Song Li, a senior Chinese Communist Party official who mounted a failed bid for the post of Regional Director for WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office (WPRO) in 2023. Others, however, have denied that she is a candidate, noting that after losing the 2023 election, Beijing wants a stronger contender for a global race. Song Li, Director-General, Department of Women & Children’s Health, National Health Commission (NHC), People’s Republic of China. Either way, China’s immense and still growing geopolitical range of influence from the Western Pacific to Southeast Asia and Africa means it could mount a serious campaign that could permanently shift the delicate balance of power at the WHO following the withdrawal of the United States from the organization last year. WHO election rules hinder transparency The picture is complicated by the fact that under WHO rules, public disclosure of Song, and any other potential candidate from China or elsewhere, is only required at the end of this month, after the conclusion of the WHO European Regional Committee Meeting on 29 October, the last in the series of WHO regional conferences of member states. This is according to the WHO election process rulebook, which creates a one-month gap between the formal submission of nominations to WHO by member states and public disclosure. Six prospective candidates have already been announced on the WHO election website, as reported by Health Policy Watch after nominations formally closed on 24 September. But their names were published at the discretion of the sponsoring countries, WHO has explained. Nominations don’t have to be formally disclosed until the end of the final WHO Regional Committee meeting, according to the WHO handbook of rules, a spokesperson told Health Policy Watch. The Permanent Mission of China to the UN in Geneva did not respond to several Health Policy Watch queries about the DG nomination, sent over the past few days. Quietly professional – but still a Communist Party official Song, Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission, has sat on several WHO technical committees related to maternal and newborn health. At the time of the 2023 campaign for WPRO RD, she was described as “quietly professional” by global health veteran Mukesh Kapila, in a Health Policy Watch analysis of that election campaign. “But will China refrain from influencing her so that she can function genuinely independently? Chinese incumbents in international organisations often remain under obligation to their own authorities, and can even be summoned home if they displease their masters,” Kapila, a columnist and Health Policy Watch board member, asked at the time. ‘No surprise’ for Europeans Others are asking similar questions now. “It would come as no surprise if China were to put forward their candidate,” a senior European global health policymaker said in an interview last week with Health Policy Watch on the reports of a China candidate for DG, speaking on the margins of the European Health Forum – Gastein. “They see a chance to fill the power void that the United States has left behind.” However, the diplomat expressed doubts as to whether Beijing could mobilize sufficient votes to actually win the race. While acknowledging the risk of increased polarization within the world’s premier health agency, he described Beijing’s diplomatic approach as “very nuanced,” noting that while Europeans view China as a competitor in some areas, it’s also a partner in others. Concerns in Washington DC more likely As the US has withdrawn from WHO, China is filling the vacuum. But the prospect of a Chinese Director-General is likely to raise very different concerns in Washington as compared to Europe, says Kieran Bligh, a former WHO staff member doing doctoral studies on global health leadership at George Washington University and a Health Policy Watch fellow. “The bigger risk is that Washington vacates the space and China fills it,” he says. “The WHO could increasingly become a tool used against US interests while (Washington) has no seat at the table due to the US withdrawal from the agency.” In an early September Bligh predicted that Beijing would soon make a public move in the Director-General race, stating: “China is doing what any serious global power would do: making sure it has influence over who leads the world’s health agency.” From Asia’s Belt and Road to Central Africa A coltan mine in M-23 Rubaya, North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo. China also plays a key role in the refinement and distribution of this vital mineral. The potential for China to muster significant votes to any candidate it mounts is significant, observers say. For one thing, China has recently been appointed to the WHO Executive Board (EB) of 34 member states. China joined WHO’s EB governing body in May 2026, after securing the seat at the 2025 WPRO Regional Committee, as reported by Health Policy Watch. In February 2027, the Executive Board will select three finalists for the race – out of the bloc of declared contenders. Africa’s 54 WHO member states often vote in a bloc on many major WHO policy issues. Forty-seven African states are affiliated with WHO’s African Region, while another seven North and Horn of Africa nations are members of the Eastern Mediterranean Region of the WHO. China’s outsized financial and political influence in Africa extends everywhere on the continent. Chinese firms, for instance, control 70-80% of the copper and cobalt mining in Ebola-stricken Democratic Republic of Congo, including not only legitimate ventures but hundreds of illegal extraction sites in South Kivu province alone where impoverished African families labour. It also plays a key role in distributions of other vital minerals like coltan, critical for electronics, and for which DRC produces 40% of the worlds supply. Coltan is mined artisanally and smuggled illegally over the border to Rwanda and then onward to China and the United Arab Emirates for refining. Child laborers in one of the hundreds of illegal mines in the DRC’s South Kivu province – most of which are operated by Chinese nationals. Across the continent, China has invested nearly $200 billion in port, rail and road projects, as well as modern agrobusinesses, which it is increasingly operating as well. Local African markets are rife with cheap imports of Chinese consumer goods. China is the world’s largest official creditor and the single largest bilateral source of official-sector financing to the developing world, according to AidData. Similarly, the massive Belt and Road Initiative has extended Beijing’s economic and political influence across Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Europe and even Latin America. “Money matters,” Bligh says. “Those influences do not disappear when governments walk into a secret ballot [at the Executive Board level, or later, at the full World Health Assembly], and debt exposure can be powerful leverage.” He argues that if a Chinese candidate were to win the DG race, burning issues like the origins of the SARS-CoV2 virus would likely be buried forever, and WHO collaborations in future independent inquiries could be suppressed. To date, China has never responded to WHO requests for blood samples or genetic sequences of the virus from the first patients infected in Wuhan or detailed information about the status of animals sold at Wuhan’s wet markets – where the virus first emerged in late 2019. Nor has it provided detailed data on the research work and biosafety conditions in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. These are the two leading sources from which scientists believe the virus first began to circulate widely. Wuhan’s Huanan seafood market was shuttered early in 2020, down after COVID emerged in the vicinity. But China’s government has provided little data to WHO on the early days of the SARS-CoV2 virus circulation among animals or humans. WHO needs competent, credible leadership most of all Magda Robalo, president and co-founder of The Institute for Global Health and Development (IGHD), prefers to see the glass half full rather than empty. “Supporters might argue this reflects the growing importance of Asian economies in global health. Critics might worry about political influence over sensitive issues involving transparency, disease reporting, or geopolitical disputes,” the former Guinea-Bissau Minister of Health told Health Policy Watch. “WHO needs a competent, credible and strong leader, able to build consensus among its 194 member states and reform WHO to focus on science, its core strengths and functions, irrespective of nationality or sex,” she said. “One cannot ignore the fact that current geopolitical tension, mistrust, fragmentation and erosion of multilateralism will certainly increase scrutiny on candidates’ ties and citizenship. A Chinese DG candidate could be seen by some countries as reinforcing China’s influence in international institutions. Health is political after all.” “[But] China has significantly expanded its role in global health over the past two decades through investments in health systems, disease surveillance, vaccine production, and health aid, particularly in Africa and Asia,” she concluded. Already the largest WHO contributor and heading FAO Dongyu Qu – FAO DG: ‘ We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights.’ Long overshadowed by high-income WHO member states in the Americas, Europe and Asia, China is today WHO’s largest state contributor in terms of assessed dues, paying the sum of $137.8 million in 2026. At the 2025 Assembly, Vice-Premier Liu Guozhong pledged an additional $500 million over five years, with a line aimed at Washington: “The world is now facing the impacts of unilateralism and power politics.” However, the WHO notes that the pledged additional amount is still “to be confirmed”. The US, meanwhile, owes $280.9 million in membership arrears and faces suspension of its vote at the very Assembly that will elect the next DG. China already holds the top job at another major UN specialized agency. Dongyu Qu, a Chinese national nominated by Beijing, has served as Director-General of the UN Food and Agriculture Organization since 2019 and is now in his second term. Dongyu recently came under fire for his scathing comments about other senior FAO officials “playing the game of human rights” at the Rome-based agency. “We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights,” he was filmed saying at a recent FAO assembly. “Of course, human rights is very important. But we have the human rights agency in Geneva. If you want to take care of that, go there.” Aside from Dongyu’s views, the fact that he holds the DG position at a UN agency is an informal barrier to a Chinese nominee winning the election for WHO DG, as countries have typically preferred that powerful leadership roles are distributed amongst UN member states, rather than concentrated with one nation. Meanwhile, the secrecy surrounding the definitive list of candidates also opens the way for a closet game of poker, in which a country with an undisclosed candidate could potentially leverage commitments from one of the other, publicly declared competitors for post-election policies or appointments in exchange for withdrawing quietly from the race. Not the first time China has held senior leadership roles at WHO Dr Margaret Chan, WHO Director General from 2006-2016 But this would not at all be the first time that senior posts were awarded based on nationalities and not only competencies. In fact, a DG’s appointments of his or her Assistant Directors Generals and other senior managers are often payback for support received during the campaign. It would not be the first time, at all, that a Chinese national held a senior position at WHO. From May 2023 – Jun 2025, Ailan Li served as an Assistant Director-General, Universal Health Coverage, Healthier Populations under Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. Following the 2025 WHO budget crisis leading to staff reductions, Li’s position was eliminated. She is now the WHO Representative to Thailand. Moreover, a Chinese national, Margaret Chan, first elected in November 2006 and holding the Director General’s post from 2007 to 2017, the first ever to do so. But Chan was a native of Hong Kong and a senior health official there during the first SARS outbreak – a period that preceded China’s brutal 2020 crackdown on dissent, Hong Kong’s free media and its semi-autonomous governance, which the island had seen since 1997. Chan was also a dual Canadian national. Secrecy adds to potential leverage against other candidates The candidacy of any high-level member of the Chinese Communist Party, if it were to materialize, would still be unprecedented in terms of the level and scope of influence it would open up to Beijing. Equally unprecedented is the amount of leverage that a shadow candidate nominated by Beijing or by any other member state could wield on other DG competitors, between now and the end of the month, when full disclosure will be required by the WHO rules. The technical loophole that has emerged, therefore, is in how the horses leave the gate. This is a muddy start to a race that most global health pundits describe as a crossroads that could determine the very survival of WHO as a robust, independent global health entity in the UN family. Correction: an earlier version of this story said that Margaret Chan was WHO Director General from 2006-2016, when in fact she was elected in November, 2006 but only took over the position in 2007, serving until 2017. Image Credits: Wikipedia Commons, WHO, ©The Rudin Group , MONUSCO/Sylvain Liechti, Harvard-Kennedy School, Deutsche Welle. Extreme Heat Is Making Pregnancy More Dangerous for Mothers and Newborns 06/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Extreme heat is raising the risks of pregnancy and early infancy as the world warms. Health advocates are pushing to make mothers and newborns a priority at COP31. Nearly three in four maternal healthcare workers say extreme heat-related complications among pregnant women have increased over the past five years, according to a five-country survey released as climate ministers gathered in Fiji for the last major meeting before COP31. The poll of 1,001 obstetricians, midwives, nurses and other maternity staff in Australia, Brazil, India, the UK and Zimbabwe, commissioned by Wellcome Trust, found 73% had seen more heat-related cases or complications in pregnant women. Another 76% reported an increase in foetal or newborn health issues. “Midwives and doctors from countries across five continents are telling us that extreme heat is affecting the health of pregnant women and newborn babies,” said Julia Gillard, Wellcome’s chair and a former Australian prime minister. “No woman should have to fear that extreme heat will harm the baby she is carrying.” Almost all respondents said they had personally cared for a pregnant woman (98%) or a baby (99%) whose health they believed extreme heat had harmed, and 92% said they wanted more training and resources to protect pregnant women during extreme heat. The findings were launched on Monday at the opening of Wellcome’s Birthright campaign in Fiji, on the first day of the pre-COP ministerial meeting, where UN climat chief Simon Stiell warned that “pregnancy and birth are now a new fault line in the global climate crisis.” “Climate-driven extreme heat during pregnancy is increasingly linked to premature birth, stillbirth, low birth weight, and maternal complications,” Stiell said. “A changing climate must never be accepted as a reason pregnancy and birth become less safe.” “Pregnancy should be a time of hope,” he added. “But for millions, it is becoming a time of anxiety, as climate impacts fill everyday life with risk.” Over half of respondents (55%) said clearer national or international guidance would help them provide better care. Wellcome is calling on the World Health Organization (WHO) to produce its first clinical guideline on heat, pregnancy and the postpartum period, and on governments to write pregnant women and newborns into their national climate and health plans. “As the planet continues to heat up because of anthropogenic climate change, more mothers and babies will be put at risk,” said Gillard. “Extreme heat is an invisible killer, but pregnant women must not be invisible.” Pressure on maternity services Mothers and their newborns will face higher risks as the planet continues to warm, driving extreme heat to new levels. About a quarter of respondents, 23%, had seen pregnancy complications requiring additional monitoring or treatment that they linked to extreme heat. Among newborns, 36% reported dehydration or heat-related illness, 34% low birth weight or restricted growth and 33% difficulties with feeding, breathing or regulating body temperature. Over a quarter (27%) said heat is making it harder for pregnant women and their families to travel to or reach care, while 29% reported a rise in urgent or emergency presentations. Some 28% said they had struggled to store medicines, supplies or equipment safely, and 24% had dealt with interruptions to electricity, water or cooling. Health workers in Zimbabwe reported the sharpest rise, with 85% saying heat-related complications in pregnant women had increased, compared with 79% in Australia, 74% in Brazil, 66% in the UK and 62% in India. The poll, run online by Censuswide between 17 September and 1 October, records what health workers say they have seen rather than clinical case records. Wellcome’s methodology notes the results are unweighted, not nationally representative and do not establish that heat caused individual complications. None of the five countries surveyed is classed as low-income by the World Bank, yet pregnancy is already far deadlier in the poorest countries. About 260,000 women died during or after pregnancy and childbirth in 2023, according to WHO, and roughly 70% of those deaths occurred in sub-Saharan Africa. A woman in a low-income country faces a one in 66 lifetime risk of dying from maternal causes, compared with one in 7,933 in a high-income country, leaving the world far off track for its 2030 target. In sub-Saharan Africa, a 15-year-old girl faces a one in 40 lifetime risk of dying from a maternal cause, according to UN estimates for 2020. Almost 95% of maternal deaths that year occurred in low- and lower-middle-income countries, while 73 countries, most of them in Europe or Latin America and the Caribbean, were estimated to have 20 or fewer maternal deaths. Yet a 2025 review of 83 heat-health action plans from 24 countries found none from low-income economies. Only 52% named pregnant women as an at-risk group, 39% newborns and 14% postpartum or breastfeeding women. “We already know many of the solutions to protect people, from early warning systems to cooler buildings,” said Madeleine Thomson, Wellcome’s head of climate impacts and adaptation. The challenge, she added, is reaching “those who need them most.” A test of climate action Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, called addressing the impacts of extreme heat on newborns and pregnant women “a new fault line” in the climate fight. Ministers from more than 50 countries are meeting in Nadi until Thursday, with a leaders’ event in Tuvalu, in the last major round of talks before COP31 opens in Antalya, Türkiye, on 9 November. Speaking at the Birthright launch, Stiell said advice to stay cool offers little to women with “no cool place to go,” and that safe childbirth already depends heavily on geography, income and access to care. “Without action, extreme heat will widen that injustice.” His three priorities for governments are: writing pregnancy and newborn care into national adaptation, health and heat plans; turning evidence into protection through guidance, training and heat alerts; and collecting better data. “Harm that is not counted is too easily ignored,” he said, adding that governments need data to track where the risks are rising, who is most exposed, which protections work and where finance and technology should go. Stiell tied the issue to the fight over adaptation finance, urging governments to deliver on commitments made at COP30 in Belém, and pointed to the Belém Adaptation Indicators and Gender Action Plan as ways to measure climate-related health risks. “A newborn’s healthy start must never depend on a family’s ability to escape the heat,” he said. Türkiye’s presidency has made “Dynamic and Resilient Health Systems” one of 10 priority themes on its COP31 Action Agenda, and the summit will open with a dedicated Health Day. That agenda is voluntary, however, and health has no standalone item in the negotiations. Its foothold in the formal text runs through the Global Goal on Adaptation, under which countries adopted 59 indicators at COP30, eight of them on health. Record heat, rising risks The survey follows a northern summer in which 33 countries recorded their hottest July on record, according to an AFP analysis of Copernicus data. The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration found July 2026 tied with July 2024 as the hottest on record globally. Last year’s Lancet Countdown estimated that there were 546,000 heat-related deaths per year over the most recent decade, and found that 84% of heatwave days between 2020 and 2024 would not have occurred without climate change. A 2024 meta-analysis of 198 studies across 66 countries found the odds of preterm birth rose 4% for every 1°C increase in heat exposure and 26% during heatwaves. The odds of obstetric complications rose 25% during heatwaves. “With El Niño pushing temperatures higher, the failure to act is costing lives,” said Thomson. “Extreme heat, fuelled by climate change is impacting our way of life and our health – and yet many countries are not prepared.” Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts
Less Than 1% of International Development Finance Targets Air Pollution 07/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Thick smog blankets the skyline of Bangkok, Thailand. International development lenders committed $4.7 billion in 2024 to projects aimed explicitly at reducing air pollution, less than 1% of all international development finance, according to an annual analysis published Tuesday by the Clean Air Fund (CAF). That was up 58% from $3.0 billion in 2023, nearly matching the 2022 peak of $4.8 billion. A broader measure, which also counts projects where cleaner air is a co- benefit, fell 6% to $28.7 billion, the first annual decline in five years. Five of the ten most polluted countries got less than $2 per citizen, and most of the money came in the form of loans, the analysis found. Air pollution causes 7.9 million premature deaths a year, nine in ten of them in low- and middle-income countries, according to Health Effects Institute figures. It costs the equivalent of nearly 5% of global GDP, the World Bank estimates, and targeted policies could halve the number of people exposed to dangerous levels by 2040, with economic benefits of up to $2.4 trillion. “Funding remains worryingly low, concentrated on a limited number of places, and misaligned with countries facing the greatest burden,” said Sean Maguire, executive director for strategic partnerships at CAF. Top 10 polluted countries and their total air quality funding, 2024. The data analysed stops in 2024, before the largest annual drop in development aid on record hit the following year. Development assistance for health fell by more than a fifth in 2025, to $39.1 billion, its lowest level in over 15 years, according to estimates by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). US health aid fell 67%. Even before the cuts, air pollution drew little donor money relative to its toll, compared with causes such as food security, humanitarian relief or climate finance. Foundations gave it less than 0.1% of their global giving between 2019 and 2023, a separate CAF analysis found. “Recent gains remain fragile,” the report says. “The challenge is whether these gains can be sustained and scaled amid shrinking aid budgets.” The CAF report, produced with Climate Policy Initiative (CPI), tracks 2020-2024 commitments by development banks and donor governments. It excludes domestic budgets and private finance, and nearly nine in ten dollars it counts are loans. “With development budgets under growing pressure, clean air objectives must be built into wider development investment, so every dollar works harder and delivers benefits for health, climate and economies at the same time,” Maguire said. Most polluted countries left behind South Asia receives nearly a third of all air quality funding (2020-2024). Pakistan, Nepal, Myanmar, Cameroon and the Democratic Republic of Congo, five of the world’s ten most polluted countries, each received less than $2 per person in air quality funding in 2024. India, the second most polluted, was the exception, drawing 19% of all air quality funding that year. “Air quality funding is not going where pollution exposure and health risks are greatest,” Maguire said. Pakistan, ranked third for exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5), received about 3 cents per person. Between 2020 and 2024, it received $1.7 billion in what CAF calls fossil fuel-prolonging funding, nearly three times the $0.6 billion it received for all air quality projects combined. Bangladesh, the most polluted country in the ranking, was the largest recipient of fossil fuel-prolonging funding over the five years, at $3.7 billion. Bangladesh’s fossil fuel funding fell 96% in 2024, to $113 million, the report found. Over the five years, it received $7.8 billion in air quality funding. “Our analysis shows that money is not yet consistently following need, and that countries facing some of the highest pollution levels often have the least access to finance,” said Barbara Buchner, chief executive of CPI. A wide tent for what counts as clean air funding Projects that make no mention of air quality made up 84% of the air quality funding CAF counted in 2024. CAF and CPI find these co-benefit projects through keyword searches of project descriptions in OECD and development bank data, projecting a clean air benefit from the type of project. The methodology captures investments in public transportation like buses, railways and metro lines, wastewater plants and networks, solid waste, household energy efficiency, food waste and soil health. It does not check whether individual projects actually cut pollution. Transport accounted for 62% of all air quality funding over the five years, with railways and public transport alone making up $53 billion. Two loans worth $5 billion for a high-speed rail line between Mumbai and Ahmedabad made up 14% of South Asia’s air quality funding. “Investment in railways, public transport and cleaner mobility is demonstrating how better connectivity and economic development can go hand in hand with cleaner air,” said Fu Lu, CAF’s regional director for Southeast Asia. “We need these benefits to be shared by many more people and places.” Because co-benefit funding tracks wider lending for transport and infrastructure, its growth provides only mixed signals about whether funders are prioritizing clean air specifically. Total air quality funding, co-benefit projects included, has held at 5.6% of international development funding across the last two five-year periods, while the outdoor share slipped from 0.8% to 0.7%. The narrower outdoor category leans on similar projects. Under the keyword rules CAF published last year, a transport or water project counts as explicit clean air funding if its description also mentions air, health or exposure. Ten projects made up 53% of outdoor funding over 2020-2024, seven of them rail or public transport, mostly metro lines. CAF itself found “no structural shift towards explicitly targeting air quality improvements” over the medium term. Loans dominate co-benefit finance Loans made up 89% of the $124.6 billion in air quality funding between 2020 and 2024, about $110 billion. Grants accounted for 7.7%. Co-benefit projects, which make no mention of air quality, made up $108.7 billion of the total. Concessional funding fell from $19 billion to $12 billion, while non-concessional funding rose from $12 billion to $17 billion, 58% of the total. Concessional loans carry below-market interest but still have to be repaid. In 2024, the balance tipped further toward market-rate lending. In CAF’s figures, which follow OECD aid classifications, concessional finance counts as aid, and aid budgets are shrinking, with the OECD projecting a further 5.8% drop in 2026. The reliance on loans in the donor landscape may put air quality funding beyond reach for countries already carrying heavy debts, according to CAF’s analysis. Official development assistance from OECD donors fell 23.1% in real terms in 2025, to $174.3 billion, according to preliminary OECD data, as the United States cut its aid by 56.9%. Across the global South, debt service is absorbing 45% of government revenue in 2025 and exceeds combined spending on education, health and social protection by 20%, according to Development Finance International’s Debt Service Watch. A narrow measure of fossil fuel finance About $1.2 trillion is expected to flow into oil, gas and coal in 2026, according to the International Energy Agency’s annual investment report. Governments plan to produce 120% more fossil fuels in 2030 than would be consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C, according to the 2025 Production Gap Report. The International Monetary Fund puts explicit fossil fuel subsidies at $725 billion in 2024. Implicit subsidies, three-quarters of them the unpriced cost of air pollution and climate damage, add $6.7 trillion. Removing both would mean 1.1 million fewer premature deaths from air pollution, the IMF estimates. Against those sums, the report counted $4.7 billion in what it calls fossil fuel-prolonging development finance in 2024, down 48% from 2023, and said that put it level with outdoor air quality funding. The report counts only international public development finance recorded in OECD data, and only projects that build polluting assets, such as power plants, pipelines and airports, or that promote polluting activities. Private banks, domestic state spending, guarantees, most export credit and fuel subsidies fall outside it, and road building was dropped from the count this year. G20 governments and multilateral development banks provided at least $47 billion a year in international public finance for oil, gas and coal between 2020 and 2022, according to the campaign group Oil Change International. About 65% came through export credit agencies, which CAF’s figures largely leave out. The report warns that continued investment in long-lived fossil fuel assets risks “lock-in to a fossil fuel-dependent development pathway.” It also acknowledges that such funding can support energy access and security in developing countries. Last year’s edition urged donors to end funding for fossil fuel-prolonging projects. None of this year’s five recommendations mentions fossil fuels. Image Credits: urf/Getty Images via Canva. GLP-1 Drugs? Surgery? WHO Issues Guidelines for Obesity in Children 07/10/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Obesity is growing fastest among children and adolescents The World Health Organization (WHO) released its first-ever guidelines to address how clinicians should manage obesity in children and adolescents, which include conditional recommendations for obesity medications and even surgery for children over the age of 10. Since 1990, the number of children ages 5-9 years and adolescents 10-19 years living with obesity has quadrupled, skyrocketing from 2% to 8%. Upwards of 170 million children and adolescents now live with the chronic condition, which increases the risk of a host of medical complications, including type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. For children especially, obesity can come with stigmatisation, discrimination, and bullying, the WHO notes. Obesity in children is projected to increase most rapidly in lower- and middle-income countries, where access to healthy foods and exercise now mirrors that in upper-income countries. The growing global burden of overweight and obese children has led the WHO to issue guidelines for what it terms “person-centered” care, which is a combination of nutrition, physical activity, behavioral management, and in some cases, medication or even surgery. The WHO recommendations are based on an evaluation of 35 scholarly review articles, but research is still evolving, especially for pharmaceutical-based interventions in children. WHO’s childhood obesity management recommendations. Conditional recommendations for medication For children under 10, the WHO does not recommend obesity drugs or bariatric surgery. Instead, the focus should be on structured interventions such as healthy eating, physical activity, and behavioral change, Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of the WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, told a press conference in Geneva this week. If this three-pronged approach fails for adolescents, WHO recommends that, in some instances, obesity drugs could be used if the child is mentally and physically prepared. Several blockbuster drugs now dominate the weight loss market. In the US, nearly one in five adults reported taking a GLP-1 drug such as Ozempic or Weygovy at some point for diabetes or weight loss. The WHO notably added GLP-1s to its recommended guidelines for obesity treatment for adults in 2025, a step in what the global health agency said is a “conditional” sign of approval for the cutting-edge medications that have become so popular. The picture for children is a bit more complicated, WHO scientists said. While pharmaceutical giants Novo Nordisk and Eli Lilly are both running clinical trials in children as young as six, the WHO had little research to draw on to assess whether the drugs meet the bar of safety or efficacy for children under 10. But that hasn’t stopped prescriptions, as a study published in the journal Pediatrics reported that the number of children aged eight to 11 on GLP-1s “increased sharply” between 2019 and 2026. Their study estimates that out of a cohort of over 3.5 million children with obesity – and without diabetes – roughly 20,000 children were prescribed GLP-1s. Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, speaking at a press conference in Geneva. A recent analysis from Lurie Children’s Hospital in Chicago found that GLP-1s may be linked to nutritional deficiencies in children, most notably a lack of vitamin D. The researchers found that only 5% of pediatric patients on GLP-1s received nutritional counseling. “As appropriate pediatric use of GLP-1s becomes more widespread, we need to understand the risks during periods of rapid growth and pubertal development,” said Dr Justin Ryder, the study’s senior author and vice chair of research for the Department of Surgery at Lurie Children’s Hospital. Ryder, who is also an associate professor of surgery and pediatrics at Northwestern University, commented in a press release that the study highlights the need for proactive nutrition counseling as children are growing, as any deficiencies early in life could have lasting effects. There are also concerns about adherence to the drug regimen and long-term effects when children start so young, said Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, the unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action at WHO. He cautioned that because obesity is a long-term chronic condition, it is especially important to understand these drugs in children before recommending them. That is why the guidelines don’t focus on or recommend a specific weight loss drug. “WHO recognizes this is a rapidly evolving field,” said De Regil. Her team is monitoring data as it becomes available on long-term anti-obesity medications in children. Surgery in severe teen cases Bariatric surgery also falls under a conditional recommendation for adolescents 10-19 years old. With only a handful of studies to analyze, the team acknowledged that the balance of benefits and harms “are not entirely clear.” Again, WHO stresses that the decision to undergo an invasive surgery requires “physical and mental maturity” for those with the most severe forms of obesity. “That’s why it’s conditional,” said Dr Maria Nieves Garcia Casal, a WHO scientist in the Department of Nutrition and Food Safety. The WHO only recommends surgery for those with a Body Mass Index (BMI) for age greater than four standard deviations above the WHO growth reference median, which is a high threshold for a surgical intervention. Nutrition, exercise, mental health Ultra-processed food is a staple diet for Mexican 10-year-old Ricky and his mother, Alicia. The WHO recommends dietary interventions to manage childhood obesity. The guidelines stress that obesity management goes beyond simple weight loss, involving a combination of structured dietary, exercise, and behavior-changing interventions that work best when tailored to the individual. Digital technologies, including active video games or phone apps that encourage movement, could also help children manage their obesity, although the WHO’s recommendation is conditional as excessive screen time should be limited. The recommendations also emphasise the importance of addressing mental health alongside obesity: “Anxiety, depression, low self-esteem and emotional dysregulation can contribute to unhealthy eating behaviours, physical inactivity and social withdrawal, and children and adolescents living with obesity may experience stigma and bullying that harm their emotional well-being,” the WHO notes in a media release issued alongside the guidelines. Worrying trends in low- and middle- income countries Obesity is on the rise globally and across all regions; however, the rate of increase has mostly plateaued in developed nations, while it is increasing in low- and middle-income countries. In much of Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, Caribbean and Pacific Island nations, and South and Southeast Asia, the rate of childhood obesity is rapidly accelerating. In some countries with already high burdens of childhood obesity, like in the US and the Middle East, that rate is mostly stagnant. A Nature study published earlier this year noted that the increase in obesity rates in children is happening across regions and afflicting most low- and middle-income countries: Tanzania, Rwanda, Ethiopia, Nepal, Bangladesh, Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, and Chile all saw steady or rapid increases in the past three decades. “These highly varied dynamics suggest that the social, economic and technological trends that influence the availability, affordability and use of different foods may have helped control the rise in obesity in high-income countries,” the study authors write, “but require policy interventions in low-income and middle-income countries.” Obesity in children is accelerating most rapidly in low and middle-income countries, per a May 2026 Nature article. Prevention and treatment go ‘hand in hand’ While the guidelines focus on treating obesity in children, the WHO acknowledged the role of addressing a child’s environment, including unhealthy food options in schools, persistent marketing of unhealthy food to children, and the lack of safe places to play. Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action, argued that much of what remains outside of a child’s individual control has deep consequences for their obesity risk. These include whether a child was breastfed, their junk food marketing environment, and their school environment. “Countries need to create environments that make healthy diets and physical activity accessible and affordable, while ensuring that children and adolescents already living with obesity can access high-quality care free from stigma and discrimination,” said De Regil. “We need to prevent obesity wherever we can, and ensure that those already living with obesity receive the care and support they need.” Image Credits: Commons , WHO, UNICEF, Nature/ NCD-RisC. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed 06/10/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Felix Sassmannshausen A Chinese candidate reportedly is waiting in the wings to join the race for WHO Director General. China has nominated a prominent Chinese health official for WHO Director General in the 2027 elections, multiple diplomatic sources have confirmed to Health Policy Watch. But there are mixed reports about who that candidate actually may be. Some high-level sources have cited Song Li, a senior Chinese Communist Party official who mounted a failed bid for the post of Regional Director for WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office (WPRO) in 2023. Others, however, have denied that she is a candidate, noting that after losing the 2023 election, Beijing wants a stronger contender for a global race. Song Li, Director-General, Department of Women & Children’s Health, National Health Commission (NHC), People’s Republic of China. Either way, China’s immense and still growing geopolitical range of influence from the Western Pacific to Southeast Asia and Africa means it could mount a serious campaign that could permanently shift the delicate balance of power at the WHO following the withdrawal of the United States from the organization last year. WHO election rules hinder transparency The picture is complicated by the fact that under WHO rules, public disclosure of Song, and any other potential candidate from China or elsewhere, is only required at the end of this month, after the conclusion of the WHO European Regional Committee Meeting on 29 October, the last in the series of WHO regional conferences of member states. This is according to the WHO election process rulebook, which creates a one-month gap between the formal submission of nominations to WHO by member states and public disclosure. Six prospective candidates have already been announced on the WHO election website, as reported by Health Policy Watch after nominations formally closed on 24 September. But their names were published at the discretion of the sponsoring countries, WHO has explained. Nominations don’t have to be formally disclosed until the end of the final WHO Regional Committee meeting, according to the WHO handbook of rules, a spokesperson told Health Policy Watch. The Permanent Mission of China to the UN in Geneva did not respond to several Health Policy Watch queries about the DG nomination, sent over the past few days. Quietly professional – but still a Communist Party official Song, Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission, has sat on several WHO technical committees related to maternal and newborn health. At the time of the 2023 campaign for WPRO RD, she was described as “quietly professional” by global health veteran Mukesh Kapila, in a Health Policy Watch analysis of that election campaign. “But will China refrain from influencing her so that she can function genuinely independently? Chinese incumbents in international organisations often remain under obligation to their own authorities, and can even be summoned home if they displease their masters,” Kapila, a columnist and Health Policy Watch board member, asked at the time. ‘No surprise’ for Europeans Others are asking similar questions now. “It would come as no surprise if China were to put forward their candidate,” a senior European global health policymaker said in an interview last week with Health Policy Watch on the reports of a China candidate for DG, speaking on the margins of the European Health Forum – Gastein. “They see a chance to fill the power void that the United States has left behind.” However, the diplomat expressed doubts as to whether Beijing could mobilize sufficient votes to actually win the race. While acknowledging the risk of increased polarization within the world’s premier health agency, he described Beijing’s diplomatic approach as “very nuanced,” noting that while Europeans view China as a competitor in some areas, it’s also a partner in others. Concerns in Washington DC more likely As the US has withdrawn from WHO, China is filling the vacuum. But the prospect of a Chinese Director-General is likely to raise very different concerns in Washington as compared to Europe, says Kieran Bligh, a former WHO staff member doing doctoral studies on global health leadership at George Washington University and a Health Policy Watch fellow. “The bigger risk is that Washington vacates the space and China fills it,” he says. “The WHO could increasingly become a tool used against US interests while (Washington) has no seat at the table due to the US withdrawal from the agency.” In an early September Bligh predicted that Beijing would soon make a public move in the Director-General race, stating: “China is doing what any serious global power would do: making sure it has influence over who leads the world’s health agency.” From Asia’s Belt and Road to Central Africa A coltan mine in M-23 Rubaya, North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo. China also plays a key role in the refinement and distribution of this vital mineral. The potential for China to muster significant votes to any candidate it mounts is significant, observers say. For one thing, China has recently been appointed to the WHO Executive Board (EB) of 34 member states. China joined WHO’s EB governing body in May 2026, after securing the seat at the 2025 WPRO Regional Committee, as reported by Health Policy Watch. In February 2027, the Executive Board will select three finalists for the race – out of the bloc of declared contenders. Africa’s 54 WHO member states often vote in a bloc on many major WHO policy issues. Forty-seven African states are affiliated with WHO’s African Region, while another seven North and Horn of Africa nations are members of the Eastern Mediterranean Region of the WHO. China’s outsized financial and political influence in Africa extends everywhere on the continent. Chinese firms, for instance, control 70-80% of the copper and cobalt mining in Ebola-stricken Democratic Republic of Congo, including not only legitimate ventures but hundreds of illegal extraction sites in South Kivu province alone where impoverished African families labour. It also plays a key role in distributions of other vital minerals like coltan, critical for electronics, and for which DRC produces 40% of the worlds supply. Coltan is mined artisanally and smuggled illegally over the border to Rwanda and then onward to China and the United Arab Emirates for refining. Child laborers in one of the hundreds of illegal mines in the DRC’s South Kivu province – most of which are operated by Chinese nationals. Across the continent, China has invested nearly $200 billion in port, rail and road projects, as well as modern agrobusinesses, which it is increasingly operating as well. Local African markets are rife with cheap imports of Chinese consumer goods. China is the world’s largest official creditor and the single largest bilateral source of official-sector financing to the developing world, according to AidData. Similarly, the massive Belt and Road Initiative has extended Beijing’s economic and political influence across Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Europe and even Latin America. “Money matters,” Bligh says. “Those influences do not disappear when governments walk into a secret ballot [at the Executive Board level, or later, at the full World Health Assembly], and debt exposure can be powerful leverage.” He argues that if a Chinese candidate were to win the DG race, burning issues like the origins of the SARS-CoV2 virus would likely be buried forever, and WHO collaborations in future independent inquiries could be suppressed. To date, China has never responded to WHO requests for blood samples or genetic sequences of the virus from the first patients infected in Wuhan or detailed information about the status of animals sold at Wuhan’s wet markets – where the virus first emerged in late 2019. Nor has it provided detailed data on the research work and biosafety conditions in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. These are the two leading sources from which scientists believe the virus first began to circulate widely. Wuhan’s Huanan seafood market was shuttered early in 2020, down after COVID emerged in the vicinity. But China’s government has provided little data to WHO on the early days of the SARS-CoV2 virus circulation among animals or humans. WHO needs competent, credible leadership most of all Magda Robalo, president and co-founder of The Institute for Global Health and Development (IGHD), prefers to see the glass half full rather than empty. “Supporters might argue this reflects the growing importance of Asian economies in global health. Critics might worry about political influence over sensitive issues involving transparency, disease reporting, or geopolitical disputes,” the former Guinea-Bissau Minister of Health told Health Policy Watch. “WHO needs a competent, credible and strong leader, able to build consensus among its 194 member states and reform WHO to focus on science, its core strengths and functions, irrespective of nationality or sex,” she said. “One cannot ignore the fact that current geopolitical tension, mistrust, fragmentation and erosion of multilateralism will certainly increase scrutiny on candidates’ ties and citizenship. A Chinese DG candidate could be seen by some countries as reinforcing China’s influence in international institutions. Health is political after all.” “[But] China has significantly expanded its role in global health over the past two decades through investments in health systems, disease surveillance, vaccine production, and health aid, particularly in Africa and Asia,” she concluded. Already the largest WHO contributor and heading FAO Dongyu Qu – FAO DG: ‘ We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights.’ Long overshadowed by high-income WHO member states in the Americas, Europe and Asia, China is today WHO’s largest state contributor in terms of assessed dues, paying the sum of $137.8 million in 2026. At the 2025 Assembly, Vice-Premier Liu Guozhong pledged an additional $500 million over five years, with a line aimed at Washington: “The world is now facing the impacts of unilateralism and power politics.” However, the WHO notes that the pledged additional amount is still “to be confirmed”. The US, meanwhile, owes $280.9 million in membership arrears and faces suspension of its vote at the very Assembly that will elect the next DG. China already holds the top job at another major UN specialized agency. Dongyu Qu, a Chinese national nominated by Beijing, has served as Director-General of the UN Food and Agriculture Organization since 2019 and is now in his second term. Dongyu recently came under fire for his scathing comments about other senior FAO officials “playing the game of human rights” at the Rome-based agency. “We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights,” he was filmed saying at a recent FAO assembly. “Of course, human rights is very important. But we have the human rights agency in Geneva. If you want to take care of that, go there.” Aside from Dongyu’s views, the fact that he holds the DG position at a UN agency is an informal barrier to a Chinese nominee winning the election for WHO DG, as countries have typically preferred that powerful leadership roles are distributed amongst UN member states, rather than concentrated with one nation. Meanwhile, the secrecy surrounding the definitive list of candidates also opens the way for a closet game of poker, in which a country with an undisclosed candidate could potentially leverage commitments from one of the other, publicly declared competitors for post-election policies or appointments in exchange for withdrawing quietly from the race. Not the first time China has held senior leadership roles at WHO Dr Margaret Chan, WHO Director General from 2006-2016 But this would not at all be the first time that senior posts were awarded based on nationalities and not only competencies. In fact, a DG’s appointments of his or her Assistant Directors Generals and other senior managers are often payback for support received during the campaign. It would not be the first time, at all, that a Chinese national held a senior position at WHO. From May 2023 – Jun 2025, Ailan Li served as an Assistant Director-General, Universal Health Coverage, Healthier Populations under Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. Following the 2025 WHO budget crisis leading to staff reductions, Li’s position was eliminated. She is now the WHO Representative to Thailand. Moreover, a Chinese national, Margaret Chan, first elected in November 2006 and holding the Director General’s post from 2007 to 2017, the first ever to do so. But Chan was a native of Hong Kong and a senior health official there during the first SARS outbreak – a period that preceded China’s brutal 2020 crackdown on dissent, Hong Kong’s free media and its semi-autonomous governance, which the island had seen since 1997. Chan was also a dual Canadian national. Secrecy adds to potential leverage against other candidates The candidacy of any high-level member of the Chinese Communist Party, if it were to materialize, would still be unprecedented in terms of the level and scope of influence it would open up to Beijing. Equally unprecedented is the amount of leverage that a shadow candidate nominated by Beijing or by any other member state could wield on other DG competitors, between now and the end of the month, when full disclosure will be required by the WHO rules. The technical loophole that has emerged, therefore, is in how the horses leave the gate. This is a muddy start to a race that most global health pundits describe as a crossroads that could determine the very survival of WHO as a robust, independent global health entity in the UN family. Correction: an earlier version of this story said that Margaret Chan was WHO Director General from 2006-2016, when in fact she was elected in November, 2006 but only took over the position in 2007, serving until 2017. Image Credits: Wikipedia Commons, WHO, ©The Rudin Group , MONUSCO/Sylvain Liechti, Harvard-Kennedy School, Deutsche Welle. Extreme Heat Is Making Pregnancy More Dangerous for Mothers and Newborns 06/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Extreme heat is raising the risks of pregnancy and early infancy as the world warms. Health advocates are pushing to make mothers and newborns a priority at COP31. Nearly three in four maternal healthcare workers say extreme heat-related complications among pregnant women have increased over the past five years, according to a five-country survey released as climate ministers gathered in Fiji for the last major meeting before COP31. The poll of 1,001 obstetricians, midwives, nurses and other maternity staff in Australia, Brazil, India, the UK and Zimbabwe, commissioned by Wellcome Trust, found 73% had seen more heat-related cases or complications in pregnant women. Another 76% reported an increase in foetal or newborn health issues. “Midwives and doctors from countries across five continents are telling us that extreme heat is affecting the health of pregnant women and newborn babies,” said Julia Gillard, Wellcome’s chair and a former Australian prime minister. “No woman should have to fear that extreme heat will harm the baby she is carrying.” Almost all respondents said they had personally cared for a pregnant woman (98%) or a baby (99%) whose health they believed extreme heat had harmed, and 92% said they wanted more training and resources to protect pregnant women during extreme heat. The findings were launched on Monday at the opening of Wellcome’s Birthright campaign in Fiji, on the first day of the pre-COP ministerial meeting, where UN climat chief Simon Stiell warned that “pregnancy and birth are now a new fault line in the global climate crisis.” “Climate-driven extreme heat during pregnancy is increasingly linked to premature birth, stillbirth, low birth weight, and maternal complications,” Stiell said. “A changing climate must never be accepted as a reason pregnancy and birth become less safe.” “Pregnancy should be a time of hope,” he added. “But for millions, it is becoming a time of anxiety, as climate impacts fill everyday life with risk.” Over half of respondents (55%) said clearer national or international guidance would help them provide better care. Wellcome is calling on the World Health Organization (WHO) to produce its first clinical guideline on heat, pregnancy and the postpartum period, and on governments to write pregnant women and newborns into their national climate and health plans. “As the planet continues to heat up because of anthropogenic climate change, more mothers and babies will be put at risk,” said Gillard. “Extreme heat is an invisible killer, but pregnant women must not be invisible.” Pressure on maternity services Mothers and their newborns will face higher risks as the planet continues to warm, driving extreme heat to new levels. About a quarter of respondents, 23%, had seen pregnancy complications requiring additional monitoring or treatment that they linked to extreme heat. Among newborns, 36% reported dehydration or heat-related illness, 34% low birth weight or restricted growth and 33% difficulties with feeding, breathing or regulating body temperature. Over a quarter (27%) said heat is making it harder for pregnant women and their families to travel to or reach care, while 29% reported a rise in urgent or emergency presentations. Some 28% said they had struggled to store medicines, supplies or equipment safely, and 24% had dealt with interruptions to electricity, water or cooling. Health workers in Zimbabwe reported the sharpest rise, with 85% saying heat-related complications in pregnant women had increased, compared with 79% in Australia, 74% in Brazil, 66% in the UK and 62% in India. The poll, run online by Censuswide between 17 September and 1 October, records what health workers say they have seen rather than clinical case records. Wellcome’s methodology notes the results are unweighted, not nationally representative and do not establish that heat caused individual complications. None of the five countries surveyed is classed as low-income by the World Bank, yet pregnancy is already far deadlier in the poorest countries. About 260,000 women died during or after pregnancy and childbirth in 2023, according to WHO, and roughly 70% of those deaths occurred in sub-Saharan Africa. A woman in a low-income country faces a one in 66 lifetime risk of dying from maternal causes, compared with one in 7,933 in a high-income country, leaving the world far off track for its 2030 target. In sub-Saharan Africa, a 15-year-old girl faces a one in 40 lifetime risk of dying from a maternal cause, according to UN estimates for 2020. Almost 95% of maternal deaths that year occurred in low- and lower-middle-income countries, while 73 countries, most of them in Europe or Latin America and the Caribbean, were estimated to have 20 or fewer maternal deaths. Yet a 2025 review of 83 heat-health action plans from 24 countries found none from low-income economies. Only 52% named pregnant women as an at-risk group, 39% newborns and 14% postpartum or breastfeeding women. “We already know many of the solutions to protect people, from early warning systems to cooler buildings,” said Madeleine Thomson, Wellcome’s head of climate impacts and adaptation. The challenge, she added, is reaching “those who need them most.” A test of climate action Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, called addressing the impacts of extreme heat on newborns and pregnant women “a new fault line” in the climate fight. Ministers from more than 50 countries are meeting in Nadi until Thursday, with a leaders’ event in Tuvalu, in the last major round of talks before COP31 opens in Antalya, Türkiye, on 9 November. Speaking at the Birthright launch, Stiell said advice to stay cool offers little to women with “no cool place to go,” and that safe childbirth already depends heavily on geography, income and access to care. “Without action, extreme heat will widen that injustice.” His three priorities for governments are: writing pregnancy and newborn care into national adaptation, health and heat plans; turning evidence into protection through guidance, training and heat alerts; and collecting better data. “Harm that is not counted is too easily ignored,” he said, adding that governments need data to track where the risks are rising, who is most exposed, which protections work and where finance and technology should go. Stiell tied the issue to the fight over adaptation finance, urging governments to deliver on commitments made at COP30 in Belém, and pointed to the Belém Adaptation Indicators and Gender Action Plan as ways to measure climate-related health risks. “A newborn’s healthy start must never depend on a family’s ability to escape the heat,” he said. Türkiye’s presidency has made “Dynamic and Resilient Health Systems” one of 10 priority themes on its COP31 Action Agenda, and the summit will open with a dedicated Health Day. That agenda is voluntary, however, and health has no standalone item in the negotiations. Its foothold in the formal text runs through the Global Goal on Adaptation, under which countries adopted 59 indicators at COP30, eight of them on health. Record heat, rising risks The survey follows a northern summer in which 33 countries recorded their hottest July on record, according to an AFP analysis of Copernicus data. The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration found July 2026 tied with July 2024 as the hottest on record globally. Last year’s Lancet Countdown estimated that there were 546,000 heat-related deaths per year over the most recent decade, and found that 84% of heatwave days between 2020 and 2024 would not have occurred without climate change. A 2024 meta-analysis of 198 studies across 66 countries found the odds of preterm birth rose 4% for every 1°C increase in heat exposure and 26% during heatwaves. The odds of obstetric complications rose 25% during heatwaves. “With El Niño pushing temperatures higher, the failure to act is costing lives,” said Thomson. “Extreme heat, fuelled by climate change is impacting our way of life and our health – and yet many countries are not prepared.” Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts
GLP-1 Drugs? Surgery? WHO Issues Guidelines for Obesity in Children 07/10/2026 Sophia Samantaroy Obesity is growing fastest among children and adolescents The World Health Organization (WHO) released its first-ever guidelines to address how clinicians should manage obesity in children and adolescents, which include conditional recommendations for obesity medications and even surgery for children over the age of 10. Since 1990, the number of children ages 5-9 years and adolescents 10-19 years living with obesity has quadrupled, skyrocketing from 2% to 8%. Upwards of 170 million children and adolescents now live with the chronic condition, which increases the risk of a host of medical complications, including type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. For children especially, obesity can come with stigmatisation, discrimination, and bullying, the WHO notes. Obesity in children is projected to increase most rapidly in lower- and middle-income countries, where access to healthy foods and exercise now mirrors that in upper-income countries. The growing global burden of overweight and obese children has led the WHO to issue guidelines for what it terms “person-centered” care, which is a combination of nutrition, physical activity, behavioral management, and in some cases, medication or even surgery. The WHO recommendations are based on an evaluation of 35 scholarly review articles, but research is still evolving, especially for pharmaceutical-based interventions in children. WHO’s childhood obesity management recommendations. Conditional recommendations for medication For children under 10, the WHO does not recommend obesity drugs or bariatric surgery. Instead, the focus should be on structured interventions such as healthy eating, physical activity, and behavioral change, Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of the WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, told a press conference in Geneva this week. If this three-pronged approach fails for adolescents, WHO recommends that, in some instances, obesity drugs could be used if the child is mentally and physically prepared. Several blockbuster drugs now dominate the weight loss market. In the US, nearly one in five adults reported taking a GLP-1 drug such as Ozempic or Weygovy at some point for diabetes or weight loss. The WHO notably added GLP-1s to its recommended guidelines for obesity treatment for adults in 2025, a step in what the global health agency said is a “conditional” sign of approval for the cutting-edge medications that have become so popular. The picture for children is a bit more complicated, WHO scientists said. While pharmaceutical giants Novo Nordisk and Eli Lilly are both running clinical trials in children as young as six, the WHO had little research to draw on to assess whether the drugs meet the bar of safety or efficacy for children under 10. But that hasn’t stopped prescriptions, as a study published in the journal Pediatrics reported that the number of children aged eight to 11 on GLP-1s “increased sharply” between 2019 and 2026. Their study estimates that out of a cohort of over 3.5 million children with obesity – and without diabetes – roughly 20,000 children were prescribed GLP-1s. Dr Luz Maria De Regil, director of WHO’s Department of Nutrition and Food Safety, speaking at a press conference in Geneva. A recent analysis from Lurie Children’s Hospital in Chicago found that GLP-1s may be linked to nutritional deficiencies in children, most notably a lack of vitamin D. The researchers found that only 5% of pediatric patients on GLP-1s received nutritional counseling. “As appropriate pediatric use of GLP-1s becomes more widespread, we need to understand the risks during periods of rapid growth and pubertal development,” said Dr Justin Ryder, the study’s senior author and vice chair of research for the Department of Surgery at Lurie Children’s Hospital. Ryder, who is also an associate professor of surgery and pediatrics at Northwestern University, commented in a press release that the study highlights the need for proactive nutrition counseling as children are growing, as any deficiencies early in life could have lasting effects. There are also concerns about adherence to the drug regimen and long-term effects when children start so young, said Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, the unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action at WHO. He cautioned that because obesity is a long-term chronic condition, it is especially important to understand these drugs in children before recommending them. That is why the guidelines don’t focus on or recommend a specific weight loss drug. “WHO recognizes this is a rapidly evolving field,” said De Regil. Her team is monitoring data as it becomes available on long-term anti-obesity medications in children. Surgery in severe teen cases Bariatric surgery also falls under a conditional recommendation for adolescents 10-19 years old. With only a handful of studies to analyze, the team acknowledged that the balance of benefits and harms “are not entirely clear.” Again, WHO stresses that the decision to undergo an invasive surgery requires “physical and mental maturity” for those with the most severe forms of obesity. “That’s why it’s conditional,” said Dr Maria Nieves Garcia Casal, a WHO scientist in the Department of Nutrition and Food Safety. The WHO only recommends surgery for those with a Body Mass Index (BMI) for age greater than four standard deviations above the WHO growth reference median, which is a high threshold for a surgical intervention. Nutrition, exercise, mental health Ultra-processed food is a staple diet for Mexican 10-year-old Ricky and his mother, Alicia. The WHO recommends dietary interventions to manage childhood obesity. The guidelines stress that obesity management goes beyond simple weight loss, involving a combination of structured dietary, exercise, and behavior-changing interventions that work best when tailored to the individual. Digital technologies, including active video games or phone apps that encourage movement, could also help children manage their obesity, although the WHO’s recommendation is conditional as excessive screen time should be limited. The recommendations also emphasise the importance of addressing mental health alongside obesity: “Anxiety, depression, low self-esteem and emotional dysregulation can contribute to unhealthy eating behaviours, physical inactivity and social withdrawal, and children and adolescents living with obesity may experience stigma and bullying that harm their emotional well-being,” the WHO notes in a media release issued alongside the guidelines. Worrying trends in low- and middle- income countries Obesity is on the rise globally and across all regions; however, the rate of increase has mostly plateaued in developed nations, while it is increasing in low- and middle-income countries. In much of Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, Caribbean and Pacific Island nations, and South and Southeast Asia, the rate of childhood obesity is rapidly accelerating. In some countries with already high burdens of childhood obesity, like in the US and the Middle East, that rate is mostly stagnant. A Nature study published earlier this year noted that the increase in obesity rates in children is happening across regions and afflicting most low- and middle-income countries: Tanzania, Rwanda, Ethiopia, Nepal, Bangladesh, Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, and Chile all saw steady or rapid increases in the past three decades. “These highly varied dynamics suggest that the social, economic and technological trends that influence the availability, affordability and use of different foods may have helped control the rise in obesity in high-income countries,” the study authors write, “but require policy interventions in low-income and middle-income countries.” Obesity in children is accelerating most rapidly in low and middle-income countries, per a May 2026 Nature article. Prevention and treatment go ‘hand in hand’ While the guidelines focus on treating obesity in children, the WHO acknowledged the role of addressing a child’s environment, including unhealthy food options in schools, persistent marketing of unhealthy food to children, and the lack of safe places to play. Dr Laurence Grummer-Strawn, unit head of Nutrition and Food Safety Action, argued that much of what remains outside of a child’s individual control has deep consequences for their obesity risk. These include whether a child was breastfed, their junk food marketing environment, and their school environment. “Countries need to create environments that make healthy diets and physical activity accessible and affordable, while ensuring that children and adolescents already living with obesity can access high-quality care free from stigma and discrimination,” said De Regil. “We need to prevent obesity wherever we can, and ensure that those already living with obesity receive the care and support they need.” Image Credits: Commons , WHO, UNICEF, Nature/ NCD-RisC. BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed 06/10/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Felix Sassmannshausen A Chinese candidate reportedly is waiting in the wings to join the race for WHO Director General. China has nominated a prominent Chinese health official for WHO Director General in the 2027 elections, multiple diplomatic sources have confirmed to Health Policy Watch. But there are mixed reports about who that candidate actually may be. Some high-level sources have cited Song Li, a senior Chinese Communist Party official who mounted a failed bid for the post of Regional Director for WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office (WPRO) in 2023. Others, however, have denied that she is a candidate, noting that after losing the 2023 election, Beijing wants a stronger contender for a global race. Song Li, Director-General, Department of Women & Children’s Health, National Health Commission (NHC), People’s Republic of China. Either way, China’s immense and still growing geopolitical range of influence from the Western Pacific to Southeast Asia and Africa means it could mount a serious campaign that could permanently shift the delicate balance of power at the WHO following the withdrawal of the United States from the organization last year. WHO election rules hinder transparency The picture is complicated by the fact that under WHO rules, public disclosure of Song, and any other potential candidate from China or elsewhere, is only required at the end of this month, after the conclusion of the WHO European Regional Committee Meeting on 29 October, the last in the series of WHO regional conferences of member states. This is according to the WHO election process rulebook, which creates a one-month gap between the formal submission of nominations to WHO by member states and public disclosure. Six prospective candidates have already been announced on the WHO election website, as reported by Health Policy Watch after nominations formally closed on 24 September. But their names were published at the discretion of the sponsoring countries, WHO has explained. Nominations don’t have to be formally disclosed until the end of the final WHO Regional Committee meeting, according to the WHO handbook of rules, a spokesperson told Health Policy Watch. The Permanent Mission of China to the UN in Geneva did not respond to several Health Policy Watch queries about the DG nomination, sent over the past few days. Quietly professional – but still a Communist Party official Song, Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission, has sat on several WHO technical committees related to maternal and newborn health. At the time of the 2023 campaign for WPRO RD, she was described as “quietly professional” by global health veteran Mukesh Kapila, in a Health Policy Watch analysis of that election campaign. “But will China refrain from influencing her so that she can function genuinely independently? Chinese incumbents in international organisations often remain under obligation to their own authorities, and can even be summoned home if they displease their masters,” Kapila, a columnist and Health Policy Watch board member, asked at the time. ‘No surprise’ for Europeans Others are asking similar questions now. “It would come as no surprise if China were to put forward their candidate,” a senior European global health policymaker said in an interview last week with Health Policy Watch on the reports of a China candidate for DG, speaking on the margins of the European Health Forum – Gastein. “They see a chance to fill the power void that the United States has left behind.” However, the diplomat expressed doubts as to whether Beijing could mobilize sufficient votes to actually win the race. While acknowledging the risk of increased polarization within the world’s premier health agency, he described Beijing’s diplomatic approach as “very nuanced,” noting that while Europeans view China as a competitor in some areas, it’s also a partner in others. Concerns in Washington DC more likely As the US has withdrawn from WHO, China is filling the vacuum. But the prospect of a Chinese Director-General is likely to raise very different concerns in Washington as compared to Europe, says Kieran Bligh, a former WHO staff member doing doctoral studies on global health leadership at George Washington University and a Health Policy Watch fellow. “The bigger risk is that Washington vacates the space and China fills it,” he says. “The WHO could increasingly become a tool used against US interests while (Washington) has no seat at the table due to the US withdrawal from the agency.” In an early September Bligh predicted that Beijing would soon make a public move in the Director-General race, stating: “China is doing what any serious global power would do: making sure it has influence over who leads the world’s health agency.” From Asia’s Belt and Road to Central Africa A coltan mine in M-23 Rubaya, North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo. China also plays a key role in the refinement and distribution of this vital mineral. The potential for China to muster significant votes to any candidate it mounts is significant, observers say. For one thing, China has recently been appointed to the WHO Executive Board (EB) of 34 member states. China joined WHO’s EB governing body in May 2026, after securing the seat at the 2025 WPRO Regional Committee, as reported by Health Policy Watch. In February 2027, the Executive Board will select three finalists for the race – out of the bloc of declared contenders. Africa’s 54 WHO member states often vote in a bloc on many major WHO policy issues. Forty-seven African states are affiliated with WHO’s African Region, while another seven North and Horn of Africa nations are members of the Eastern Mediterranean Region of the WHO. China’s outsized financial and political influence in Africa extends everywhere on the continent. Chinese firms, for instance, control 70-80% of the copper and cobalt mining in Ebola-stricken Democratic Republic of Congo, including not only legitimate ventures but hundreds of illegal extraction sites in South Kivu province alone where impoverished African families labour. It also plays a key role in distributions of other vital minerals like coltan, critical for electronics, and for which DRC produces 40% of the worlds supply. Coltan is mined artisanally and smuggled illegally over the border to Rwanda and then onward to China and the United Arab Emirates for refining. Child laborers in one of the hundreds of illegal mines in the DRC’s South Kivu province – most of which are operated by Chinese nationals. Across the continent, China has invested nearly $200 billion in port, rail and road projects, as well as modern agrobusinesses, which it is increasingly operating as well. Local African markets are rife with cheap imports of Chinese consumer goods. China is the world’s largest official creditor and the single largest bilateral source of official-sector financing to the developing world, according to AidData. Similarly, the massive Belt and Road Initiative has extended Beijing’s economic and political influence across Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Europe and even Latin America. “Money matters,” Bligh says. “Those influences do not disappear when governments walk into a secret ballot [at the Executive Board level, or later, at the full World Health Assembly], and debt exposure can be powerful leverage.” He argues that if a Chinese candidate were to win the DG race, burning issues like the origins of the SARS-CoV2 virus would likely be buried forever, and WHO collaborations in future independent inquiries could be suppressed. To date, China has never responded to WHO requests for blood samples or genetic sequences of the virus from the first patients infected in Wuhan or detailed information about the status of animals sold at Wuhan’s wet markets – where the virus first emerged in late 2019. Nor has it provided detailed data on the research work and biosafety conditions in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. These are the two leading sources from which scientists believe the virus first began to circulate widely. Wuhan’s Huanan seafood market was shuttered early in 2020, down after COVID emerged in the vicinity. But China’s government has provided little data to WHO on the early days of the SARS-CoV2 virus circulation among animals or humans. WHO needs competent, credible leadership most of all Magda Robalo, president and co-founder of The Institute for Global Health and Development (IGHD), prefers to see the glass half full rather than empty. “Supporters might argue this reflects the growing importance of Asian economies in global health. Critics might worry about political influence over sensitive issues involving transparency, disease reporting, or geopolitical disputes,” the former Guinea-Bissau Minister of Health told Health Policy Watch. “WHO needs a competent, credible and strong leader, able to build consensus among its 194 member states and reform WHO to focus on science, its core strengths and functions, irrespective of nationality or sex,” she said. “One cannot ignore the fact that current geopolitical tension, mistrust, fragmentation and erosion of multilateralism will certainly increase scrutiny on candidates’ ties and citizenship. A Chinese DG candidate could be seen by some countries as reinforcing China’s influence in international institutions. Health is political after all.” “[But] China has significantly expanded its role in global health over the past two decades through investments in health systems, disease surveillance, vaccine production, and health aid, particularly in Africa and Asia,” she concluded. Already the largest WHO contributor and heading FAO Dongyu Qu – FAO DG: ‘ We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights.’ Long overshadowed by high-income WHO member states in the Americas, Europe and Asia, China is today WHO’s largest state contributor in terms of assessed dues, paying the sum of $137.8 million in 2026. At the 2025 Assembly, Vice-Premier Liu Guozhong pledged an additional $500 million over five years, with a line aimed at Washington: “The world is now facing the impacts of unilateralism and power politics.” However, the WHO notes that the pledged additional amount is still “to be confirmed”. The US, meanwhile, owes $280.9 million in membership arrears and faces suspension of its vote at the very Assembly that will elect the next DG. China already holds the top job at another major UN specialized agency. Dongyu Qu, a Chinese national nominated by Beijing, has served as Director-General of the UN Food and Agriculture Organization since 2019 and is now in his second term. Dongyu recently came under fire for his scathing comments about other senior FAO officials “playing the game of human rights” at the Rome-based agency. “We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights,” he was filmed saying at a recent FAO assembly. “Of course, human rights is very important. But we have the human rights agency in Geneva. If you want to take care of that, go there.” Aside from Dongyu’s views, the fact that he holds the DG position at a UN agency is an informal barrier to a Chinese nominee winning the election for WHO DG, as countries have typically preferred that powerful leadership roles are distributed amongst UN member states, rather than concentrated with one nation. Meanwhile, the secrecy surrounding the definitive list of candidates also opens the way for a closet game of poker, in which a country with an undisclosed candidate could potentially leverage commitments from one of the other, publicly declared competitors for post-election policies or appointments in exchange for withdrawing quietly from the race. Not the first time China has held senior leadership roles at WHO Dr Margaret Chan, WHO Director General from 2006-2016 But this would not at all be the first time that senior posts were awarded based on nationalities and not only competencies. In fact, a DG’s appointments of his or her Assistant Directors Generals and other senior managers are often payback for support received during the campaign. It would not be the first time, at all, that a Chinese national held a senior position at WHO. From May 2023 – Jun 2025, Ailan Li served as an Assistant Director-General, Universal Health Coverage, Healthier Populations under Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. Following the 2025 WHO budget crisis leading to staff reductions, Li’s position was eliminated. She is now the WHO Representative to Thailand. Moreover, a Chinese national, Margaret Chan, first elected in November 2006 and holding the Director General’s post from 2007 to 2017, the first ever to do so. But Chan was a native of Hong Kong and a senior health official there during the first SARS outbreak – a period that preceded China’s brutal 2020 crackdown on dissent, Hong Kong’s free media and its semi-autonomous governance, which the island had seen since 1997. Chan was also a dual Canadian national. Secrecy adds to potential leverage against other candidates The candidacy of any high-level member of the Chinese Communist Party, if it were to materialize, would still be unprecedented in terms of the level and scope of influence it would open up to Beijing. Equally unprecedented is the amount of leverage that a shadow candidate nominated by Beijing or by any other member state could wield on other DG competitors, between now and the end of the month, when full disclosure will be required by the WHO rules. The technical loophole that has emerged, therefore, is in how the horses leave the gate. This is a muddy start to a race that most global health pundits describe as a crossroads that could determine the very survival of WHO as a robust, independent global health entity in the UN family. Correction: an earlier version of this story said that Margaret Chan was WHO Director General from 2006-2016, when in fact she was elected in November, 2006 but only took over the position in 2007, serving until 2017. Image Credits: Wikipedia Commons, WHO, ©The Rudin Group , MONUSCO/Sylvain Liechti, Harvard-Kennedy School, Deutsche Welle. Extreme Heat Is Making Pregnancy More Dangerous for Mothers and Newborns 06/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Extreme heat is raising the risks of pregnancy and early infancy as the world warms. Health advocates are pushing to make mothers and newborns a priority at COP31. Nearly three in four maternal healthcare workers say extreme heat-related complications among pregnant women have increased over the past five years, according to a five-country survey released as climate ministers gathered in Fiji for the last major meeting before COP31. The poll of 1,001 obstetricians, midwives, nurses and other maternity staff in Australia, Brazil, India, the UK and Zimbabwe, commissioned by Wellcome Trust, found 73% had seen more heat-related cases or complications in pregnant women. Another 76% reported an increase in foetal or newborn health issues. “Midwives and doctors from countries across five continents are telling us that extreme heat is affecting the health of pregnant women and newborn babies,” said Julia Gillard, Wellcome’s chair and a former Australian prime minister. “No woman should have to fear that extreme heat will harm the baby she is carrying.” Almost all respondents said they had personally cared for a pregnant woman (98%) or a baby (99%) whose health they believed extreme heat had harmed, and 92% said they wanted more training and resources to protect pregnant women during extreme heat. The findings were launched on Monday at the opening of Wellcome’s Birthright campaign in Fiji, on the first day of the pre-COP ministerial meeting, where UN climat chief Simon Stiell warned that “pregnancy and birth are now a new fault line in the global climate crisis.” “Climate-driven extreme heat during pregnancy is increasingly linked to premature birth, stillbirth, low birth weight, and maternal complications,” Stiell said. “A changing climate must never be accepted as a reason pregnancy and birth become less safe.” “Pregnancy should be a time of hope,” he added. “But for millions, it is becoming a time of anxiety, as climate impacts fill everyday life with risk.” Over half of respondents (55%) said clearer national or international guidance would help them provide better care. Wellcome is calling on the World Health Organization (WHO) to produce its first clinical guideline on heat, pregnancy and the postpartum period, and on governments to write pregnant women and newborns into their national climate and health plans. “As the planet continues to heat up because of anthropogenic climate change, more mothers and babies will be put at risk,” said Gillard. “Extreme heat is an invisible killer, but pregnant women must not be invisible.” Pressure on maternity services Mothers and their newborns will face higher risks as the planet continues to warm, driving extreme heat to new levels. About a quarter of respondents, 23%, had seen pregnancy complications requiring additional monitoring or treatment that they linked to extreme heat. Among newborns, 36% reported dehydration or heat-related illness, 34% low birth weight or restricted growth and 33% difficulties with feeding, breathing or regulating body temperature. Over a quarter (27%) said heat is making it harder for pregnant women and their families to travel to or reach care, while 29% reported a rise in urgent or emergency presentations. Some 28% said they had struggled to store medicines, supplies or equipment safely, and 24% had dealt with interruptions to electricity, water or cooling. Health workers in Zimbabwe reported the sharpest rise, with 85% saying heat-related complications in pregnant women had increased, compared with 79% in Australia, 74% in Brazil, 66% in the UK and 62% in India. The poll, run online by Censuswide between 17 September and 1 October, records what health workers say they have seen rather than clinical case records. Wellcome’s methodology notes the results are unweighted, not nationally representative and do not establish that heat caused individual complications. None of the five countries surveyed is classed as low-income by the World Bank, yet pregnancy is already far deadlier in the poorest countries. About 260,000 women died during or after pregnancy and childbirth in 2023, according to WHO, and roughly 70% of those deaths occurred in sub-Saharan Africa. A woman in a low-income country faces a one in 66 lifetime risk of dying from maternal causes, compared with one in 7,933 in a high-income country, leaving the world far off track for its 2030 target. In sub-Saharan Africa, a 15-year-old girl faces a one in 40 lifetime risk of dying from a maternal cause, according to UN estimates for 2020. Almost 95% of maternal deaths that year occurred in low- and lower-middle-income countries, while 73 countries, most of them in Europe or Latin America and the Caribbean, were estimated to have 20 or fewer maternal deaths. Yet a 2025 review of 83 heat-health action plans from 24 countries found none from low-income economies. Only 52% named pregnant women as an at-risk group, 39% newborns and 14% postpartum or breastfeeding women. “We already know many of the solutions to protect people, from early warning systems to cooler buildings,” said Madeleine Thomson, Wellcome’s head of climate impacts and adaptation. The challenge, she added, is reaching “those who need them most.” A test of climate action Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, called addressing the impacts of extreme heat on newborns and pregnant women “a new fault line” in the climate fight. Ministers from more than 50 countries are meeting in Nadi until Thursday, with a leaders’ event in Tuvalu, in the last major round of talks before COP31 opens in Antalya, Türkiye, on 9 November. Speaking at the Birthright launch, Stiell said advice to stay cool offers little to women with “no cool place to go,” and that safe childbirth already depends heavily on geography, income and access to care. “Without action, extreme heat will widen that injustice.” His three priorities for governments are: writing pregnancy and newborn care into national adaptation, health and heat plans; turning evidence into protection through guidance, training and heat alerts; and collecting better data. “Harm that is not counted is too easily ignored,” he said, adding that governments need data to track where the risks are rising, who is most exposed, which protections work and where finance and technology should go. Stiell tied the issue to the fight over adaptation finance, urging governments to deliver on commitments made at COP30 in Belém, and pointed to the Belém Adaptation Indicators and Gender Action Plan as ways to measure climate-related health risks. “A newborn’s healthy start must never depend on a family’s ability to escape the heat,” he said. Türkiye’s presidency has made “Dynamic and Resilient Health Systems” one of 10 priority themes on its COP31 Action Agenda, and the summit will open with a dedicated Health Day. That agenda is voluntary, however, and health has no standalone item in the negotiations. Its foothold in the formal text runs through the Global Goal on Adaptation, under which countries adopted 59 indicators at COP30, eight of them on health. Record heat, rising risks The survey follows a northern summer in which 33 countries recorded their hottest July on record, according to an AFP analysis of Copernicus data. The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration found July 2026 tied with July 2024 as the hottest on record globally. Last year’s Lancet Countdown estimated that there were 546,000 heat-related deaths per year over the most recent decade, and found that 84% of heatwave days between 2020 and 2024 would not have occurred without climate change. A 2024 meta-analysis of 198 studies across 66 countries found the odds of preterm birth rose 4% for every 1°C increase in heat exposure and 26% during heatwaves. The odds of obstetric complications rose 25% during heatwaves. “With El Niño pushing temperatures higher, the failure to act is costing lives,” said Thomson. “Extreme heat, fuelled by climate change is impacting our way of life and our health – and yet many countries are not prepared.” Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts
BREAKING: China Has Nominated Candidate for WHO Director General Whose Name Remains Undisclosed 06/10/2026 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Felix Sassmannshausen A Chinese candidate reportedly is waiting in the wings to join the race for WHO Director General. China has nominated a prominent Chinese health official for WHO Director General in the 2027 elections, multiple diplomatic sources have confirmed to Health Policy Watch. But there are mixed reports about who that candidate actually may be. Some high-level sources have cited Song Li, a senior Chinese Communist Party official who mounted a failed bid for the post of Regional Director for WHO’s Western Pacific Regional Office (WPRO) in 2023. Others, however, have denied that she is a candidate, noting that after losing the 2023 election, Beijing wants a stronger contender for a global race. Song Li, Director-General, Department of Women & Children’s Health, National Health Commission (NHC), People’s Republic of China. Either way, China’s immense and still growing geopolitical range of influence from the Western Pacific to Southeast Asia and Africa means it could mount a serious campaign that could permanently shift the delicate balance of power at the WHO following the withdrawal of the United States from the organization last year. WHO election rules hinder transparency The picture is complicated by the fact that under WHO rules, public disclosure of Song, and any other potential candidate from China or elsewhere, is only required at the end of this month, after the conclusion of the WHO European Regional Committee Meeting on 29 October, the last in the series of WHO regional conferences of member states. This is according to the WHO election process rulebook, which creates a one-month gap between the formal submission of nominations to WHO by member states and public disclosure. Six prospective candidates have already been announced on the WHO election website, as reported by Health Policy Watch after nominations formally closed on 24 September. But their names were published at the discretion of the sponsoring countries, WHO has explained. Nominations don’t have to be formally disclosed until the end of the final WHO Regional Committee meeting, according to the WHO handbook of rules, a spokesperson told Health Policy Watch. The Permanent Mission of China to the UN in Geneva did not respond to several Health Policy Watch queries about the DG nomination, sent over the past few days. Quietly professional – but still a Communist Party official Song, Director-General of the Department of Women and Child Health in China’s National Health Commission, has sat on several WHO technical committees related to maternal and newborn health. At the time of the 2023 campaign for WPRO RD, she was described as “quietly professional” by global health veteran Mukesh Kapila, in a Health Policy Watch analysis of that election campaign. “But will China refrain from influencing her so that she can function genuinely independently? Chinese incumbents in international organisations often remain under obligation to their own authorities, and can even be summoned home if they displease their masters,” Kapila, a columnist and Health Policy Watch board member, asked at the time. ‘No surprise’ for Europeans Others are asking similar questions now. “It would come as no surprise if China were to put forward their candidate,” a senior European global health policymaker said in an interview last week with Health Policy Watch on the reports of a China candidate for DG, speaking on the margins of the European Health Forum – Gastein. “They see a chance to fill the power void that the United States has left behind.” However, the diplomat expressed doubts as to whether Beijing could mobilize sufficient votes to actually win the race. While acknowledging the risk of increased polarization within the world’s premier health agency, he described Beijing’s diplomatic approach as “very nuanced,” noting that while Europeans view China as a competitor in some areas, it’s also a partner in others. Concerns in Washington DC more likely As the US has withdrawn from WHO, China is filling the vacuum. But the prospect of a Chinese Director-General is likely to raise very different concerns in Washington as compared to Europe, says Kieran Bligh, a former WHO staff member doing doctoral studies on global health leadership at George Washington University and a Health Policy Watch fellow. “The bigger risk is that Washington vacates the space and China fills it,” he says. “The WHO could increasingly become a tool used against US interests while (Washington) has no seat at the table due to the US withdrawal from the agency.” In an early September Bligh predicted that Beijing would soon make a public move in the Director-General race, stating: “China is doing what any serious global power would do: making sure it has influence over who leads the world’s health agency.” From Asia’s Belt and Road to Central Africa A coltan mine in M-23 Rubaya, North Kivu, Democratic Republic of Congo. China also plays a key role in the refinement and distribution of this vital mineral. The potential for China to muster significant votes to any candidate it mounts is significant, observers say. For one thing, China has recently been appointed to the WHO Executive Board (EB) of 34 member states. China joined WHO’s EB governing body in May 2026, after securing the seat at the 2025 WPRO Regional Committee, as reported by Health Policy Watch. In February 2027, the Executive Board will select three finalists for the race – out of the bloc of declared contenders. Africa’s 54 WHO member states often vote in a bloc on many major WHO policy issues. Forty-seven African states are affiliated with WHO’s African Region, while another seven North and Horn of Africa nations are members of the Eastern Mediterranean Region of the WHO. China’s outsized financial and political influence in Africa extends everywhere on the continent. Chinese firms, for instance, control 70-80% of the copper and cobalt mining in Ebola-stricken Democratic Republic of Congo, including not only legitimate ventures but hundreds of illegal extraction sites in South Kivu province alone where impoverished African families labour. It also plays a key role in distributions of other vital minerals like coltan, critical for electronics, and for which DRC produces 40% of the worlds supply. Coltan is mined artisanally and smuggled illegally over the border to Rwanda and then onward to China and the United Arab Emirates for refining. Child laborers in one of the hundreds of illegal mines in the DRC’s South Kivu province – most of which are operated by Chinese nationals. Across the continent, China has invested nearly $200 billion in port, rail and road projects, as well as modern agrobusinesses, which it is increasingly operating as well. Local African markets are rife with cheap imports of Chinese consumer goods. China is the world’s largest official creditor and the single largest bilateral source of official-sector financing to the developing world, according to AidData. Similarly, the massive Belt and Road Initiative has extended Beijing’s economic and political influence across Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Europe and even Latin America. “Money matters,” Bligh says. “Those influences do not disappear when governments walk into a secret ballot [at the Executive Board level, or later, at the full World Health Assembly], and debt exposure can be powerful leverage.” He argues that if a Chinese candidate were to win the DG race, burning issues like the origins of the SARS-CoV2 virus would likely be buried forever, and WHO collaborations in future independent inquiries could be suppressed. To date, China has never responded to WHO requests for blood samples or genetic sequences of the virus from the first patients infected in Wuhan or detailed information about the status of animals sold at Wuhan’s wet markets – where the virus first emerged in late 2019. Nor has it provided detailed data on the research work and biosafety conditions in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. These are the two leading sources from which scientists believe the virus first began to circulate widely. Wuhan’s Huanan seafood market was shuttered early in 2020, down after COVID emerged in the vicinity. But China’s government has provided little data to WHO on the early days of the SARS-CoV2 virus circulation among animals or humans. WHO needs competent, credible leadership most of all Magda Robalo, president and co-founder of The Institute for Global Health and Development (IGHD), prefers to see the glass half full rather than empty. “Supporters might argue this reflects the growing importance of Asian economies in global health. Critics might worry about political influence over sensitive issues involving transparency, disease reporting, or geopolitical disputes,” the former Guinea-Bissau Minister of Health told Health Policy Watch. “WHO needs a competent, credible and strong leader, able to build consensus among its 194 member states and reform WHO to focus on science, its core strengths and functions, irrespective of nationality or sex,” she said. “One cannot ignore the fact that current geopolitical tension, mistrust, fragmentation and erosion of multilateralism will certainly increase scrutiny on candidates’ ties and citizenship. A Chinese DG candidate could be seen by some countries as reinforcing China’s influence in international institutions. Health is political after all.” “[But] China has significantly expanded its role in global health over the past two decades through investments in health systems, disease surveillance, vaccine production, and health aid, particularly in Africa and Asia,” she concluded. Already the largest WHO contributor and heading FAO Dongyu Qu – FAO DG: ‘ We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights.’ Long overshadowed by high-income WHO member states in the Americas, Europe and Asia, China is today WHO’s largest state contributor in terms of assessed dues, paying the sum of $137.8 million in 2026. At the 2025 Assembly, Vice-Premier Liu Guozhong pledged an additional $500 million over five years, with a line aimed at Washington: “The world is now facing the impacts of unilateralism and power politics.” However, the WHO notes that the pledged additional amount is still “to be confirmed”. The US, meanwhile, owes $280.9 million in membership arrears and faces suspension of its vote at the very Assembly that will elect the next DG. China already holds the top job at another major UN specialized agency. Dongyu Qu, a Chinese national nominated by Beijing, has served as Director-General of the UN Food and Agriculture Organization since 2019 and is now in his second term. Dongyu recently came under fire for his scathing comments about other senior FAO officials “playing the game of human rights” at the Rome-based agency. “We’re not allowing you to play the game here of human rights,” he was filmed saying at a recent FAO assembly. “Of course, human rights is very important. But we have the human rights agency in Geneva. If you want to take care of that, go there.” Aside from Dongyu’s views, the fact that he holds the DG position at a UN agency is an informal barrier to a Chinese nominee winning the election for WHO DG, as countries have typically preferred that powerful leadership roles are distributed amongst UN member states, rather than concentrated with one nation. Meanwhile, the secrecy surrounding the definitive list of candidates also opens the way for a closet game of poker, in which a country with an undisclosed candidate could potentially leverage commitments from one of the other, publicly declared competitors for post-election policies or appointments in exchange for withdrawing quietly from the race. Not the first time China has held senior leadership roles at WHO Dr Margaret Chan, WHO Director General from 2006-2016 But this would not at all be the first time that senior posts were awarded based on nationalities and not only competencies. In fact, a DG’s appointments of his or her Assistant Directors Generals and other senior managers are often payback for support received during the campaign. It would not be the first time, at all, that a Chinese national held a senior position at WHO. From May 2023 – Jun 2025, Ailan Li served as an Assistant Director-General, Universal Health Coverage, Healthier Populations under Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. Following the 2025 WHO budget crisis leading to staff reductions, Li’s position was eliminated. She is now the WHO Representative to Thailand. Moreover, a Chinese national, Margaret Chan, first elected in November 2006 and holding the Director General’s post from 2007 to 2017, the first ever to do so. But Chan was a native of Hong Kong and a senior health official there during the first SARS outbreak – a period that preceded China’s brutal 2020 crackdown on dissent, Hong Kong’s free media and its semi-autonomous governance, which the island had seen since 1997. Chan was also a dual Canadian national. Secrecy adds to potential leverage against other candidates The candidacy of any high-level member of the Chinese Communist Party, if it were to materialize, would still be unprecedented in terms of the level and scope of influence it would open up to Beijing. Equally unprecedented is the amount of leverage that a shadow candidate nominated by Beijing or by any other member state could wield on other DG competitors, between now and the end of the month, when full disclosure will be required by the WHO rules. The technical loophole that has emerged, therefore, is in how the horses leave the gate. This is a muddy start to a race that most global health pundits describe as a crossroads that could determine the very survival of WHO as a robust, independent global health entity in the UN family. Correction: an earlier version of this story said that Margaret Chan was WHO Director General from 2006-2016, when in fact she was elected in November, 2006 but only took over the position in 2007, serving until 2017. Image Credits: Wikipedia Commons, WHO, ©The Rudin Group , MONUSCO/Sylvain Liechti, Harvard-Kennedy School, Deutsche Welle. Extreme Heat Is Making Pregnancy More Dangerous for Mothers and Newborns 06/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Extreme heat is raising the risks of pregnancy and early infancy as the world warms. Health advocates are pushing to make mothers and newborns a priority at COP31. Nearly three in four maternal healthcare workers say extreme heat-related complications among pregnant women have increased over the past five years, according to a five-country survey released as climate ministers gathered in Fiji for the last major meeting before COP31. The poll of 1,001 obstetricians, midwives, nurses and other maternity staff in Australia, Brazil, India, the UK and Zimbabwe, commissioned by Wellcome Trust, found 73% had seen more heat-related cases or complications in pregnant women. Another 76% reported an increase in foetal or newborn health issues. “Midwives and doctors from countries across five continents are telling us that extreme heat is affecting the health of pregnant women and newborn babies,” said Julia Gillard, Wellcome’s chair and a former Australian prime minister. “No woman should have to fear that extreme heat will harm the baby she is carrying.” Almost all respondents said they had personally cared for a pregnant woman (98%) or a baby (99%) whose health they believed extreme heat had harmed, and 92% said they wanted more training and resources to protect pregnant women during extreme heat. The findings were launched on Monday at the opening of Wellcome’s Birthright campaign in Fiji, on the first day of the pre-COP ministerial meeting, where UN climat chief Simon Stiell warned that “pregnancy and birth are now a new fault line in the global climate crisis.” “Climate-driven extreme heat during pregnancy is increasingly linked to premature birth, stillbirth, low birth weight, and maternal complications,” Stiell said. “A changing climate must never be accepted as a reason pregnancy and birth become less safe.” “Pregnancy should be a time of hope,” he added. “But for millions, it is becoming a time of anxiety, as climate impacts fill everyday life with risk.” Over half of respondents (55%) said clearer national or international guidance would help them provide better care. Wellcome is calling on the World Health Organization (WHO) to produce its first clinical guideline on heat, pregnancy and the postpartum period, and on governments to write pregnant women and newborns into their national climate and health plans. “As the planet continues to heat up because of anthropogenic climate change, more mothers and babies will be put at risk,” said Gillard. “Extreme heat is an invisible killer, but pregnant women must not be invisible.” Pressure on maternity services Mothers and their newborns will face higher risks as the planet continues to warm, driving extreme heat to new levels. About a quarter of respondents, 23%, had seen pregnancy complications requiring additional monitoring or treatment that they linked to extreme heat. Among newborns, 36% reported dehydration or heat-related illness, 34% low birth weight or restricted growth and 33% difficulties with feeding, breathing or regulating body temperature. Over a quarter (27%) said heat is making it harder for pregnant women and their families to travel to or reach care, while 29% reported a rise in urgent or emergency presentations. Some 28% said they had struggled to store medicines, supplies or equipment safely, and 24% had dealt with interruptions to electricity, water or cooling. Health workers in Zimbabwe reported the sharpest rise, with 85% saying heat-related complications in pregnant women had increased, compared with 79% in Australia, 74% in Brazil, 66% in the UK and 62% in India. The poll, run online by Censuswide between 17 September and 1 October, records what health workers say they have seen rather than clinical case records. Wellcome’s methodology notes the results are unweighted, not nationally representative and do not establish that heat caused individual complications. None of the five countries surveyed is classed as low-income by the World Bank, yet pregnancy is already far deadlier in the poorest countries. About 260,000 women died during or after pregnancy and childbirth in 2023, according to WHO, and roughly 70% of those deaths occurred in sub-Saharan Africa. A woman in a low-income country faces a one in 66 lifetime risk of dying from maternal causes, compared with one in 7,933 in a high-income country, leaving the world far off track for its 2030 target. In sub-Saharan Africa, a 15-year-old girl faces a one in 40 lifetime risk of dying from a maternal cause, according to UN estimates for 2020. Almost 95% of maternal deaths that year occurred in low- and lower-middle-income countries, while 73 countries, most of them in Europe or Latin America and the Caribbean, were estimated to have 20 or fewer maternal deaths. Yet a 2025 review of 83 heat-health action plans from 24 countries found none from low-income economies. Only 52% named pregnant women as an at-risk group, 39% newborns and 14% postpartum or breastfeeding women. “We already know many of the solutions to protect people, from early warning systems to cooler buildings,” said Madeleine Thomson, Wellcome’s head of climate impacts and adaptation. The challenge, she added, is reaching “those who need them most.” A test of climate action Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, called addressing the impacts of extreme heat on newborns and pregnant women “a new fault line” in the climate fight. Ministers from more than 50 countries are meeting in Nadi until Thursday, with a leaders’ event in Tuvalu, in the last major round of talks before COP31 opens in Antalya, Türkiye, on 9 November. Speaking at the Birthright launch, Stiell said advice to stay cool offers little to women with “no cool place to go,” and that safe childbirth already depends heavily on geography, income and access to care. “Without action, extreme heat will widen that injustice.” His three priorities for governments are: writing pregnancy and newborn care into national adaptation, health and heat plans; turning evidence into protection through guidance, training and heat alerts; and collecting better data. “Harm that is not counted is too easily ignored,” he said, adding that governments need data to track where the risks are rising, who is most exposed, which protections work and where finance and technology should go. Stiell tied the issue to the fight over adaptation finance, urging governments to deliver on commitments made at COP30 in Belém, and pointed to the Belém Adaptation Indicators and Gender Action Plan as ways to measure climate-related health risks. “A newborn’s healthy start must never depend on a family’s ability to escape the heat,” he said. Türkiye’s presidency has made “Dynamic and Resilient Health Systems” one of 10 priority themes on its COP31 Action Agenda, and the summit will open with a dedicated Health Day. That agenda is voluntary, however, and health has no standalone item in the negotiations. Its foothold in the formal text runs through the Global Goal on Adaptation, under which countries adopted 59 indicators at COP30, eight of them on health. Record heat, rising risks The survey follows a northern summer in which 33 countries recorded their hottest July on record, according to an AFP analysis of Copernicus data. The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration found July 2026 tied with July 2024 as the hottest on record globally. Last year’s Lancet Countdown estimated that there were 546,000 heat-related deaths per year over the most recent decade, and found that 84% of heatwave days between 2020 and 2024 would not have occurred without climate change. A 2024 meta-analysis of 198 studies across 66 countries found the odds of preterm birth rose 4% for every 1°C increase in heat exposure and 26% during heatwaves. The odds of obstetric complications rose 25% during heatwaves. “With El Niño pushing temperatures higher, the failure to act is costing lives,” said Thomson. “Extreme heat, fuelled by climate change is impacting our way of life and our health – and yet many countries are not prepared.” Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts
Extreme Heat Is Making Pregnancy More Dangerous for Mothers and Newborns 06/10/2026 Stefan Anderson Extreme heat is raising the risks of pregnancy and early infancy as the world warms. Health advocates are pushing to make mothers and newborns a priority at COP31. Nearly three in four maternal healthcare workers say extreme heat-related complications among pregnant women have increased over the past five years, according to a five-country survey released as climate ministers gathered in Fiji for the last major meeting before COP31. The poll of 1,001 obstetricians, midwives, nurses and other maternity staff in Australia, Brazil, India, the UK and Zimbabwe, commissioned by Wellcome Trust, found 73% had seen more heat-related cases or complications in pregnant women. Another 76% reported an increase in foetal or newborn health issues. “Midwives and doctors from countries across five continents are telling us that extreme heat is affecting the health of pregnant women and newborn babies,” said Julia Gillard, Wellcome’s chair and a former Australian prime minister. “No woman should have to fear that extreme heat will harm the baby she is carrying.” Almost all respondents said they had personally cared for a pregnant woman (98%) or a baby (99%) whose health they believed extreme heat had harmed, and 92% said they wanted more training and resources to protect pregnant women during extreme heat. The findings were launched on Monday at the opening of Wellcome’s Birthright campaign in Fiji, on the first day of the pre-COP ministerial meeting, where UN climat chief Simon Stiell warned that “pregnancy and birth are now a new fault line in the global climate crisis.” “Climate-driven extreme heat during pregnancy is increasingly linked to premature birth, stillbirth, low birth weight, and maternal complications,” Stiell said. “A changing climate must never be accepted as a reason pregnancy and birth become less safe.” “Pregnancy should be a time of hope,” he added. “But for millions, it is becoming a time of anxiety, as climate impacts fill everyday life with risk.” Over half of respondents (55%) said clearer national or international guidance would help them provide better care. Wellcome is calling on the World Health Organization (WHO) to produce its first clinical guideline on heat, pregnancy and the postpartum period, and on governments to write pregnant women and newborns into their national climate and health plans. “As the planet continues to heat up because of anthropogenic climate change, more mothers and babies will be put at risk,” said Gillard. “Extreme heat is an invisible killer, but pregnant women must not be invisible.” Pressure on maternity services Mothers and their newborns will face higher risks as the planet continues to warm, driving extreme heat to new levels. About a quarter of respondents, 23%, had seen pregnancy complications requiring additional monitoring or treatment that they linked to extreme heat. Among newborns, 36% reported dehydration or heat-related illness, 34% low birth weight or restricted growth and 33% difficulties with feeding, breathing or regulating body temperature. Over a quarter (27%) said heat is making it harder for pregnant women and their families to travel to or reach care, while 29% reported a rise in urgent or emergency presentations. Some 28% said they had struggled to store medicines, supplies or equipment safely, and 24% had dealt with interruptions to electricity, water or cooling. Health workers in Zimbabwe reported the sharpest rise, with 85% saying heat-related complications in pregnant women had increased, compared with 79% in Australia, 74% in Brazil, 66% in the UK and 62% in India. The poll, run online by Censuswide between 17 September and 1 October, records what health workers say they have seen rather than clinical case records. Wellcome’s methodology notes the results are unweighted, not nationally representative and do not establish that heat caused individual complications. None of the five countries surveyed is classed as low-income by the World Bank, yet pregnancy is already far deadlier in the poorest countries. About 260,000 women died during or after pregnancy and childbirth in 2023, according to WHO, and roughly 70% of those deaths occurred in sub-Saharan Africa. A woman in a low-income country faces a one in 66 lifetime risk of dying from maternal causes, compared with one in 7,933 in a high-income country, leaving the world far off track for its 2030 target. In sub-Saharan Africa, a 15-year-old girl faces a one in 40 lifetime risk of dying from a maternal cause, according to UN estimates for 2020. Almost 95% of maternal deaths that year occurred in low- and lower-middle-income countries, while 73 countries, most of them in Europe or Latin America and the Caribbean, were estimated to have 20 or fewer maternal deaths. Yet a 2025 review of 83 heat-health action plans from 24 countries found none from low-income economies. Only 52% named pregnant women as an at-risk group, 39% newborns and 14% postpartum or breastfeeding women. “We already know many of the solutions to protect people, from early warning systems to cooler buildings,” said Madeleine Thomson, Wellcome’s head of climate impacts and adaptation. The challenge, she added, is reaching “those who need them most.” A test of climate action Simon Stiell, the UN climate chief, called addressing the impacts of extreme heat on newborns and pregnant women “a new fault line” in the climate fight. Ministers from more than 50 countries are meeting in Nadi until Thursday, with a leaders’ event in Tuvalu, in the last major round of talks before COP31 opens in Antalya, Türkiye, on 9 November. Speaking at the Birthright launch, Stiell said advice to stay cool offers little to women with “no cool place to go,” and that safe childbirth already depends heavily on geography, income and access to care. “Without action, extreme heat will widen that injustice.” His three priorities for governments are: writing pregnancy and newborn care into national adaptation, health and heat plans; turning evidence into protection through guidance, training and heat alerts; and collecting better data. “Harm that is not counted is too easily ignored,” he said, adding that governments need data to track where the risks are rising, who is most exposed, which protections work and where finance and technology should go. Stiell tied the issue to the fight over adaptation finance, urging governments to deliver on commitments made at COP30 in Belém, and pointed to the Belém Adaptation Indicators and Gender Action Plan as ways to measure climate-related health risks. “A newborn’s healthy start must never depend on a family’s ability to escape the heat,” he said. Türkiye’s presidency has made “Dynamic and Resilient Health Systems” one of 10 priority themes on its COP31 Action Agenda, and the summit will open with a dedicated Health Day. That agenda is voluntary, however, and health has no standalone item in the negotiations. Its foothold in the formal text runs through the Global Goal on Adaptation, under which countries adopted 59 indicators at COP30, eight of them on health. Record heat, rising risks The survey follows a northern summer in which 33 countries recorded their hottest July on record, according to an AFP analysis of Copernicus data. The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration found July 2026 tied with July 2024 as the hottest on record globally. Last year’s Lancet Countdown estimated that there were 546,000 heat-related deaths per year over the most recent decade, and found that 84% of heatwave days between 2020 and 2024 would not have occurred without climate change. A 2024 meta-analysis of 198 studies across 66 countries found the odds of preterm birth rose 4% for every 1°C increase in heat exposure and 26% during heatwaves. The odds of obstetric complications rose 25% during heatwaves. “With El Niño pushing temperatures higher, the failure to act is costing lives,” said Thomson. “Extreme heat, fuelled by climate change is impacting our way of life and our health – and yet many countries are not prepared.” Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts
Health Crisis Looms for Zimbabwe Following US Withdrawal of Aid 05/10/2026 Jeffrey Moyo Zimbabwean Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora launched the country’s national health plan in July, committing more money to health – but this won’t be enough to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of US aid. HARARE – In March, 27-year-old Jemitius Gangata succumbed to malaria in Mahombokombe village in Zimbabwe’s Mashonaland West Province, becoming part of the country’s growing malaria statistics. By mid-April, the country had recorded over 65,000 malaria cases and 174 deaths, almost double the numbers from the same period last year, when 36,000 cases and 85 deaths were recorded, according to Save the Children, a non-governmental organisation. Gangata’s widow, 25-year-old Miriam Chasi, said nurses delayed giving her husband malaria treatment because they said there was a shortage. “Nurses claimed that there were so many malaria patients who wanted the treatment drugs, which were said to be in short supply. We couldn’t do anything to save my husband’s life and we lost him,” said the mother of two. Save the Children warned earlier this year that US aid cuts have led to “premature ending of the second phase of the country’s largest malaria programme – Zimbabwe Assistance Program in Malaria – which had been on track towards eliminating the deadly disease”. Zimbabwe had achieved some of the largest declines in malaria incidence and mortality in the world, reducing cases by 76.6% from 2023 to 2024. Save the Children, one of the four partners implementing the malaria programme, said the closure of the programme has led to “shortages of insecticide‑treated mosquito nets, delays in vector control operations, and weakened disease surveillance, with heavy rainfall and fluctuating weather patterns further promoting the spread of the disease”. Megan Rabbitt of Malaria No More said that US funding for malaria in 2025 amounted to almost $20 million. This money funded essential drugs, commodities and laboratory systems, and the jobs of approximately 8,300 health workers are in jeopardy, “reducing national capacity for case management, disease surveillance, and outreach”, said Rabbitt. A resurgence of malaria in Zimbabwe also threatens its neighbours, Botswana, Mozambique, South Africa, and Zambia. Meanwhile, the Global Fund’s grant for the country has been lower for the past two grant cycles as it, too, is facing financial challenges. Children under the age of five are worst affected by malaria, which is surging in Zimbabwe amid funds shortages. Gaping hole in the budget Zimbabwe’s health budget faces gaping holes after the United States announced it would end all bilateral health funding to the country by the end of September – one month before malaria season begins. “US government contributions comprise 54% of national healthcare spending, supporting a range of clinical care, laboratory systems, health workforce, commodities, and community-based programs,” according to Health GAP, the global access project. The US President’s Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief (PEPFAR) has spent over $1.7 billion in Zimbabwe since 2006. “Of the 1.3 million Zimbabweans living with HIV, more than 1.2 million are now on life-saving HIV treatment thanks to PEPFAR and support from other donors,” according to a 2023 statement by PEPFAR, which has been substantially reduced since Trump assumed office and is being replaced by the bilateral MOUs. Researchers project that there could be over 75,000 new HIV infections in Zimbabwe within a year “as a consequence of full PEPFAR withdrawal and no additional government or international support”. When the National AIDS Council (NAC) addressed the Zimbabwean Parliament last month, it appealed for more domestic financing for the HIV response, warning that the declining donor funding placed pressure on the AIDS Levy and threatened the sustainability of prevention and treatment programs. The country’s AIDS Levy, introduced in 2000, entails a 3% income tax for individuals and a 3% tax on profits of employers and trusts. NAC administers the funds, and 50% goes to antiretroviral medication. However, NAC’s Amon Mpofu told MPs: “The AIDS Levy, while it has been resilient over the years, remains inadequate given the demands of the response, particularly at this moment. We therefore need an expanded base of domestic financing to sustain the gains we have made and meet emerging needs.” Breakdown in talks US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont at an event hosted by the Zimbabwe Health Initiative in 2024, when her country was still funding Zimbabwe’s health programmes. The US announcement follows the Zimbabwean government’s decision not to pursue a bilateral MOU with the US under its “America First” Global Health Strategy. The MOU was worth $367 million over five years. A leaked letter from Albert Chimbindi, Zimbabwe’s Secretary for Foreign Affairs, describes the MOU as “clearly lopsided”, adding that it “blatantly compromises and undermines the sovereignty and independence of Zimbabwe”. US Ambassador to Zimbabwe Pamela Tremont confirmed the US withdrawal in February. “From that time, civil society advocated behind the scenes to try to restart MOU talks – on terms that were fair for Zimbabweans,” according to Health GAP’s Asia Russell. But the talks did not resume, with Russell blaming hard-headedness on both sides. “Ambassador Tremont insisted talks would only restart if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to them. Because President [Emmerson] Mnangagwa had already issued a formal communique severing talks, easy paths to compromise were unrealistic,” she said. “The US and Zimbabwe dug into their respective positions; in Zimbabwe, political leaders falsely claimed the national government would cover gaps in essential healthcare services left by a sweeping US health program shutdown. “Tremont repeated her claim that she would be willing to restart talks if Zimbabwe’s government reached out to the Embassy. She must have known that without a détente she refused to pursue, there was no chance Zimbabwe’s government opposition to the MOU would dissolve.” Government fails to outline plan However, it is unclear how Zimbabwe plans to tackle the shortage, as Health Ministry officials failed to answer questions from Health Policy Watch on how it plans to tackle its obligations amid US health aid cuts. In July, the health ministry launched an ambitious National Health Strategy 2026-2030 aimed at “building a resilient, sustainable and people-centred health system”. At its launch, Health Minister Dr Douglas Mombeshora said his government would “increase domestic funding for health to at least 15% of total government expenditure and reduce out-of-pocket payments”. At an event hosted by the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) on the sidelines of last month’s UN General Assembly Summit, UNFPA revealed that Zimbabwe has committed over $250 million to upgrading hospitals countrywide, with 30% of this dedicated to maternal and child health infrastructure. Zimbabwe has also committed $2.25 million annually for family planning commodities in 2026 and 2027, according to UNFPA. However, these measures are not enough to cover the shortfall. Back in March, the Zimbabwe National Network of People Living with HIV (ZNNP+) met with Health Minister Mombeshora to express the fear of their members at the looming cuts. According to a ZNNP+ media release, Mombeshora told them that the country “has ARV stocks of between six and 30 months, with further shipments expected throughout the year; the government has ringfenced health-related taxes to cover the expected funding gaps, and [it is] putting in place long-term measures including the identification of further revenue sources to fund HIV, TB and malaria programmes.” ZNNP+ responded: “While we take note of the assurances, there is need for a clear Some civil society activists have also questioned whether the Zimbabwean regime, mired in decades-long corruption, will foot the national health bill on its own – particularly as the country’s PEPFAR grant covered over 40% of the country’s HIV bill. Other civil society groups are also sceptical about the government’s ability to deal with the crisis. “The government of Zimbabwe needs to step forward and prioritise funding the health sector more than before to avoid a crisis,” said Vivid Gwede, former programme manager for Zimbabwe Alliance. This philanthropic initiative pools donor funds to provide grants, technical support, and capacity building for civil society groups. “That means plugging resource leakages and cutting unnecessary expenditure. As usual, preventive health measures need to be stronger to reduce treatment burdens. Anything short of that will spell a public health crisis,” added Gwede. Zimbabweans living with HIV fear that they may not be able to get their ARV treatment. Tuberculosis surges amid drug shortages Tuberculosis has already started to resurge amid the US health aid cut, which started 18 months ago when Donald Trump became US president. Denford Macheza, a 49-year-old resident in Harare’s Dzivarasekwa Extension, has been bed-ridden with drug-resistant TB for over a month, and blames his condition on a shortage of drugs at his local hospital. “I was told on two occasions to come back for my pills as they were not yet available, and when I went back to the hospital for the third time, I obtained them. But now I suffer from a drug-resistant TB strain and I just hope I will be fine,” Macheza told Health Policy Watch. Pregnant women have also not been spared. Harare resident Jack Munondo blames the death of his pregnant wife on a shortage of drugs at their local clinic. Her labour needed to be induced, but there were no drugs at their local clinic. “The baby died before birth because my wife couldn’t get the drug to induce her to exert pressure to push the baby out and the nurses just looked on helplessly, shouting at each other,” Munondo told HPW. Uncertainty for people living with HIV Zimbabwe has made significant progress against HIV, including reaching the UNAIDS 95-95-95 targets among the adult population, meaning 95% of people living with HIV know their status, 95 of those diagnosed are on treatment, and 95% on treatment are virally suppressed. Many Zimbabweans living with HIV are fearful of what the health cuts might bring. “Now, with the US having cut down health support, we are going to have poor adherence to treatment. Imagine now, people are going to be paying huge amounts of money to get tested for viral load whilst with the US funding, we were getting those for free,” Tinotenda Mapuranga, who was born with HIV, told HPW. Kensington Marufu, also born with HIV, is trying to keep a positive outlook. “As an individual, I remain hopeful. I believe that the gap created by the withdrawal of US support can be addressed through a combination of domestic resources, existing development partners, new donors and innovative financing mechanisms,” said Marufu. “The priority must be to ensure that people living with HIV continue to access their ARVs and essential services without interruption. Ultimately, the success of this transition should be measured by one thing: whether the person who walks into a clinic tomorrow can still receive the treatment they need and walk home with confidence,” 36-year-old Marufu, a lawyer by profession, told HPW. Dr Henry Madzorera, Zimbabwe’s Health Minister between 2008 and 2013, claimed that the country “does not need more external aid”. “We need better and more accountable management of the resources the Lord has already given us. Together, we will prosper,” said Madzorera, adding that, “with enough political will, Zimbabwe can finance her healthcare and achieve universal health coverage.” Nurse warns of hardship ahead A Zimbabwean health worker administers an HIV test. Warren George, a nurse working in rural Masvingo, said that the aid cuts will make his job harder. “It is really a difficult situation. We can’t really say the government of Zimbabwe is in a position to become a standalone supporter in terms of finances to face the health burden that we already have,” George told HPW. “Even with health aid available, it was not easy. Personally, I have been doing the tuberculosis program in Chivi district, and with the funding that was available, there were still shortages in medical supplies,” said George. “The US health aid has been fostering something the Ministry of Health and government here cannot do alone.” George said that, before the Trump cuts, community outreach agents used to track people living with HIV to check that they were adhering to treatment. “We will have challenges with people defaulting on HIV/AIDS treatment because of zero monitoring owing to lack of resources,” added George. For Rashweat Mukundu, a researcher at the International Media Support (IMS), much harder times may lie ahead: “I have not seen any concrete policy propositions on how the Zimbabwean government will close this gap, but I guess the responsible authorities are fully aware of the demands that come with the withdrawal of American funding, and the vulnerability that Zimbabwe finds itself in regarding health funding,” he told HPW. Meanwhile, Health GAP’s Russell proposed several actions to alleviate the crisis. These include an emergency donor conference focused on Zimbabwe’s funding cliff, global partners pushing the US and Zimbabwe “to come back to the negotiating table immediately” to resolve concerns, and the US Congress “earmarking appropriated global health funding for Zimbabwe, which would effectively override this decision”. Image Credits: UNICEF Zimbabwe, Emmanuel Museruka/ MMV. Posts navigation Older posts